Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Running Machines: Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 176

running machines

manual

Operating instruction and service manual


SCHILLER running-machine-series 5.0

Running machines Running machines Development, production, sales & service


h/p/cosmos mercury h/p/cosmos 150/50 locomotion E med h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh
h/p/cosmos mercury med h/p/cosmos 150/50 locomotion DE med Am Sportplatz 8
h/p/cosmos quasar h/p/cosmos venus - all sizes DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein
h/p/cosmos quasar med h/p/cosmos saturn - all sizes Germany
h/p/cosmos pulsar
h/p/cosmos pulsar 3p Manual-version phone +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 0
h/p/cosmos stellar MCU5 -V1.04 fax +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 49
h/p/cosmos stellar med Revision 20080901
h/p/cosmos stratos manual order-no.: service@h-p-cosmos.com
h/p/cosmos stratos med [cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en] www.h-p-cosmos.com
incl. lt-models

h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh Am Sportplatz 8 DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein / Germany


phone +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 0 fax +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 49 email@h-p-cosmos.com www.h-p-cosmos.com
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 1 of 176
This manual is only valid for the firmware-/software version noted on the first page of this manual and only for the original
configuration of the first delivery of the machine.

Firmwareupdates, softwareupdates, changes of the system configuration or retrofittings of additional equipment or


accessories can result in invalidity of this manual. In case of alterations of the device or the additional equipment always the
actual version of the manual or the according additional information has to be considered.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 2 of 176
introduction
[1.]Introduction
Dear customer,

We would like to express our gratitude for putting your trust in us, in deciding for this high-quality running machine. Since
1988 we have been developing and manufacturing running machines for sports and medical application – and since 2002
also for the company SCHILLER. When it comes down to technology, design and safety, we have set extremely high
standards for ourselves.

Partly illustrations, detail shots and depicted optional accessories as well as single functions in this manual show original
h/p/cosmos devices and products, that might not be part of the SCHILLER product range. Please contact your SCHILLER
distributor for more information.

Because the running machine is a motor-driven device, you must pay special attention to the mentioned safety regulations. If
proper notice is taken of the safety regulations, the operation of our running machines is almost without any risk. The neglect
of the safety regulations could result in dangerous situations and serious accidents. Therefore please read the installation
and operation manual and the danger precautions before taking the device into operation.

Simple maintenance, as described, can easily be done by yourself. We recommend to call our competent service team or
entering into a maintenance contract for a routine service in an interval of 6 or 12 months. A form for registration of your
institution and device is included in the delivery. In order to be able to supply you with the latest technical information and
service, it is important for you to fill out the form. Therefore please fill out the form for registration immediately and send it
back via fax.

The instruction manual as a firm part of the delivery has to be accessible for the user at any time. This instruction manual
has been written with great care. Should you, however, still find any details, which do not correspond with your device,
please give us notice, so that we can correct any mistakes as soon as possible. Subject to alterations without prior notice,
errors and omissions excepted. E & OE.

We wish you a lot of fun and success while exercising and working with your running machine.

h
Franz Harrer
President
h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 3 of 176
introduction
Examples for different configurations of SCHILLER running machines

SCHILLER-MTM 1500 med

SCHILLER MTM-1500 med with optional UserTerminal

SCHILLER MTM-1500 med with second handrail

SCHILLER MTM-1500 med with long handrails

SCHILLER MTM-1500 med with safety arch and fallstop, UserTerminal and second handrail

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 4 of 176
content
Content
[2.]

[1.] Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3 

[2.] Content ............................................................................................................................................................................... 5 

[3.] Safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions ................................................................................................................. 10 

[3.A]  Safety precautions, safety regulations, prohibitions and warnings ................................................................................. 10 
[3.B]  Exit the device in emergency case ................................................................................................................................. 11 
[3.C]  General Instructions / Safety .......................................................................................................................................... 11 
[3.D]  Instructions for safety and operation .............................................................................................................................. 12 
[3.D1]  Electric safety / Safety classes .......................................................................................................................... 12 
[3.D2]  Patient security according to VDE 0750 (IEC 601-1) type B .............................................................................. 12 
[3.D3]  Potential equalization ......................................................................................................................................... 12 
[3.D4]  Connection of units installed outside medically utilized locations ...................................................................... 13 
[3.D5]  Medical electrical systems ................................................................................................................................. 13 
[3.D6]  Subject's surroundings ....................................................................................................................................... 13 
[3.D7]  Protection against the danger of electrical shocks............................................................................................. 14 
[3.D8]  Environmental requirements .............................................................................................................................. 14 
[3.E]  Economic life-time .......................................................................................................................................................... 15 
[3.F]  Symbols used ................................................................................................................................................................. 15 
[3.G]  Safety standards, norms ................................................................................................................................................ 15 
[3.G1]  VDE norm .......................................................................................................................................................... 16 
[3.G2]  The c mark ..................................................................................................................................................... 16 
[3.G3]  The n mark ........................................................................................................................................... 16 
[3.G4]  EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility................................................................................................................... 17 
[3.G5]  General advice ................................................................................................................................................... 17 
[3.H]  Fields of application / intended use ................................................................................................................................ 17 
[3.H1]  Professional application in sports and fitness .................................................................................................... 17 
[3.H2]  Professional application in the medical field ...................................................................................................... 17 
[3.H3]  h/p/cosmos medical running machines - MDD medical device directive. Safety standards .............................. 18 
[3.I]  Forbidden use ................................................................................................................................................................ 21 

[4.] Installation & commissioning ......................................................................................................................................... 22 

[4.A]  Transport, unpacking and packaging ............................................................................................................................. 22 


[4.A1]  Transport to upper or lower floors and through narrow doors............................................................................ 22 
[4.A2]  Transport with trolleys ........................................................................................................................................ 24 
[4.A3]  Transport of oversize running machines ............................................................................................................ 24 
[4.B]  Mechanical installation ................................................................................................................................................... 24 
[4.C]  Electrical installation ....................................................................................................................................................... 26 
[4.C1]  Name plate......................................................................................................................................................... 27 
[4.C2]  Electric safety measurements and „First Measured Values“ ............................................................................. 28 
[4.C3]  Potential equalization ......................................................................................................................................... 28 
[4.C4]  Plug assignment at the UserTerminal ................................................................................................................ 29 
[4.D]  Starting the running machines ........................................................................................................................................ 33 
[4.D1]  Unlocking of the emergency-stop switch ........................................................................................................... 33 

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 5 of 176
content
[4.D2]  Switching the device on ..................................................................................................................................... 33 
[4.D3]  Switching the device off ..................................................................................................................................... 34 
[4.E]  Emergency-Stop / Emergency-Off ................................................................................................................................. 35 
[4.F]  Installation, Overview, Checklist ..................................................................................................................................... 36 

[5.] Operation .......................................................................................................................................................................... 38 

[5.A]  UserTerminal, keyboard and display .............................................................................................................................. 38 


[5.A1]  The keyboard ..................................................................................................................................................... 39 
[5.A2]  The display......................................................................................................................................................... 39 
[5.A3]  The display (standard configuration).................................................................................................................. 40 
[5.B]  Mode of operation .......................................................................................................................................................... 41 
[5.B1]  General notes .................................................................................................................................................... 41 
[5.B2]  Acceleration levels ............................................................................................................................................. 41 
[5.B3]  Manual mode ..................................................................................................................................................... 42 
[5.B4]  Automatic mode ................................................................................................................................................. 43 
[5.B5]  Profile Mode / Pre-programmed training profiles ............................................................................................... 43 
[5.B6]  Possibilities of interfering into the profile mode manually .................................................................................. 45 
[5.B7]  Profile outline ..................................................................................................................................................... 46 
[5.B8]  Cardio mode – general notes............................................................................................................................. 49 
[5.B9]  Cardio mode - Field of application / control ....................................................................................................... 49 
[5.B10] Cardio mode – Operation................................................................................................................................... 51 
[5.B11] Possibilities of interfering with the Cardio Mode manually ................................................................................. 53 
[5.B12] Test mode and free program profiles – General notes ...................................................................................... 54 
[5.B13] Test profiles / Field of application ...................................................................................................................... 54 
[5.B14] Test mode - Operation ....................................................................................................................................... 67 
[5.B15] The UKK 2 km walk test..................................................................................................................................... 67 
[5.B16] Programing example: UKK walk test ................................................................................................................. 69 
[5.B17] Programming-example: free definable profile .................................................................................................... 70 
[5.B18] Possibilities of interfering in test mode manually ............................................................................................... 74 

[6.] Optional settings.............................................................................................................................................................. 75 

[6.A]  Settings of control and display options ........................................................................................................................... 75 


[6.A1]  Select user options ............................................................................................................................................ 75 
[6.A2]  List of user options / optional functions .............................................................................................................. 76 
[6.A3]  Standard settings for the user options ............................................................................................................... 82 
[6.B]  Administrator options ...................................................................................................................................................... 83 
[6.B1]  List of the administrator options ......................................................................................................................... 83 
[6.B2]  Standard settings of administrator options......................................................................................................... 96 
[6.B3]  List of running machines types .......................................................................................................................... 98 

[7.] Maintenance and safety inspections ............................................................................................................................. 99 

[7.A]  Preventive maintenance ................................................................................................................................................. 99 


[7.B]  Immediate maintenance ............................................................................................................................................... 100 
[7.C]  Regular inspections/examinations ................................................................................................................................ 100 
[7.C1]  Visual inspections ............................................................................................................................................ 100 
[7.C2]  Protective Earth Resistance RPE measurement ............................................................................................... 101 
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 6 of 176
content
[7.C3]  Isolation Resistance RISO measurement .......................................................................................................... 101 
[7.C4]  Equivalent (alternative) leakage current IEDL measurement ............................................................................. 102 
[7.C5]  Leakage current measurement ........................................................................................................................ 102 
[7.C6]  Electric Safety Tester and measurements ....................................................................................................... 103 
[7.C7]  Building installation: Electric Checks, Protective Earth Function, RCD, Leakage Current .............................. 103 
[7.D]  Lubrication of the running belt/running surface ............................................................................................................ 104 
[7.D1]  Devices with UserTerminal and without automatic oil-pump ........................................................................... 104 
[7.D2]  Lubricant test ................................................................................................................................................... 106 
[7.D3]  Devices without UserTerminal and without automatic oil-pump ...................................................................... 107 
[7.D4]  Devices with UserTerminal & automatic oil-pump (models "r" for cycle & wheelchair) .................................... 108 
[7.D5]  Set back of oil message MCU 4 without UserTerminal .................................................................................... 110 
[7.D6]  Set back of oil message MCU with UserTerminal ............................................................................................ 110 
[7.E]  Control and tightening of the running belt .................................................................................................................... 111 
[7.F]  Adjustment (centering) of the running belt ................................................................................................................... 112 
[7.G]  Control and tightening of the driving belt ...................................................................................................................... 113 
[7.G1]  Driving belt with poly-V-belt system ................................................................................................................. 113 
[7.G2]  Driving belt with timing-belt system.................................................................................................................. 115 
[7.H]  Side step platforms: Check for non-slipping ................................................................................................................. 115 
[7.I]  Hygiene, cleansing, cleansing of the interior ................................................................................................................ 115 
[7.J]  Cleansing and adjustment of the speed-sensor/Light-barrier ....................................................................................... 116 
[7.K]  Cleansing and adjustment of the light-barrier at belt-re-entry-zones ........................................................................... 117 

[8.] Trouble shooting............................................................................................................................................................ 118 

[8.A]  Mechanical / Noise problems ....................................................................................................................................... 118 


[8.B]  Running belt adjustment problems ............................................................................................................................... 118 
[8.C]  Fuses ............................................................................................................................................................................ 118 
[8.D]  Interference factor ........................................................................................................................................................ 119 
[8.D1]  Electrostatic Discharge .................................................................................................................................... 119 
[8.D2]  Source of Interference ..................................................................................................................................... 119 
[8.E]  Voltage at the device housing / electric shock ............................................................................................................. 120 
[8.E1]  Open (interrupted) earth wire / ground............................................................................................................. 120 
[8.F]  Malfunctions of the heart rate measurement system POLAR ...................................................................................... 120 
[8.F1]  Troubleshooting heart rate measurement system POLAR .............................................................................. 121 
[8.G]  Malfunctions of the RS232 interface ............................................................................................................................ 121 
[8.G1]  Troubleshooting and testing of the RS232 interface ........................................................................................ 121 
[8.H]  Malfunctions of the control unit ..................................................................................................................................... 121 
[8.I]  Error messages / Error codes ...................................................................................................................................... 122 
[8.I1]  Devices with UserTerminal .............................................................................................................................. 122 
[8.I2]  Devices without UserTerminal ......................................................................................................................... 127 
[8.J]  Set back of error message ........................................................................................................................................... 127 
[8.J1]  Devices with UserTerminal .............................................................................................................................. 127 
[8.J2]  Devices without UserTerminal ......................................................................................................................... 127 

[9.] Technical data ................................................................................................................................................................ 128 

[9.A]  Running machines ........................................................................................................................................................ 128 


[9.B]  EMC electromagnetic compatibility. Guidance and manufacturer's declaration........................................................... 132 

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 7 of 176
content
[9.C]  Compatibility RS232 interface / USB converter ............................................................................................................ 134 

[10.] Accessories and options ............................................................................................................................................ 135 

[10.A] Arm support for body weight support and safety .......................................................................................................... 135 
[10.A1] Danger precaution and operation of the adjustable arm supports ................................................................... 135 
[10.A2] Reproducibility of adjustments ......................................................................................................................... 136 
[10.B] Additional keyboard and add. stop-button for arm support and remote control............................................................ 136 
[10.C] Handrails adjustable with gear tooth locking elements ................................................................................................ 137 
[10.C1] Danger precaution and operation .................................................................................................................... 138 
[10.C2] Reproducibility of adjustments ......................................................................................................................... 138 
[10.D] Handrails adjustable. Parallel bars with gas struts and locking lever ........................................................................... 139 
[10.D1] Safety precautions and operation .................................................................................................................... 139 
[10.D2] Adjustment of the bar handrails ....................................................................................................................... 140 
[10.D3] Reproducibility of adjustments ......................................................................................................................... 141 
[10.E] Therapist’s seat and foot support adjustable ................................................................................................................ 141 
[10.E1] Safety precautions and operation .................................................................................................................... 141 
[10.E2] Operation and adjustment................................................................................................................................ 142 
[10.F] Special handrails .......................................................................................................................................................... 143 
[10.G] h/p/cosmos airwalk se 135 (available as of 10/2008) ................................................................................................... 144 
[10.H] Unweighting system h/p/cosmos airwalk ...................................................................................................................... 145 
[10.H1] Vests for subjects for h/p/cosmos airwalk ........................................................................................................ 145 
[10.I]  Wheelchair ramp .......................................................................................................................................................... 146 
[10.J] h/p/cosmos wheel chair stabilizer for oversize running machines ................................................................................ 146 
[10.K] Safety arch with chest belt and harness ....................................................................................................................... 147 
[10.L] Running belt rotation reversible for downhill walk ........................................................................................................ 148 
[10.L1]  Ripcord with magnet switch ............................................................................................................................. 148 
[10.L2]  Change from forward to reverse rotation ......................................................................................................... 148 
[10.L3]  Change from reverse to forward rotation ......................................................................................................... 149 
[10.M]  Bottle holder ..................................................................................................................................................... 149 
[10.N] Retrofitting UserTerminal ............................................................................................................................................. 149 
[10.O] Monitor / laptop arm ..................................................................................................................................................... 149 
[10.P] Safety multiple socket .................................................................................................................................................. 150 
[10.Q] Digital (serial) RS232 interface / USB converter .......................................................................................................... 150 
[10.Q1] Interface cable RS232 for connection to PC .................................................................................................... 151 
[10.Q2] Interface cable RS232 for connection to ECG Schiller .................................................................................... 151 
[10.Q3] Interface cable RS232 for connection to Ergospirometrie JAEGER / VIASYS / Cardinal Health OXYCON .... 151 
[10.R] Printer protocol ............................................................................................................................................................. 152 
[10.S] POLAR Heart rate measurement system ..................................................................................................................... 153 
[10.S1] Note from POLAR for patients with pacemaker ............................................................................................... 153 
[10.S2] Chest belt and transmitter ................................................................................................................................ 153 
[10.S3] Radius of transmission ..................................................................................................................................... 153 
[10.S4] Battery of the transmitter.................................................................................................................................. 154 
[10.S5] Correct placement of transmitter belt ............................................................................................................... 154 
[10.S6] Transmission problems .................................................................................................................................... 154 
[10.T] PC Software h/p/cosmos para control 4.0® .................................................................................................................. 154 
[10.U] PC Software h/p/cosmos para graphics® ..................................................................................................................... 156 
[10.V] PC Software h/p/cosmos para analysis® ...................................................................................................................... 157 
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 8 of 176
content
[10.W]  PC Software h/p/cosmos para motion ............................................................................................................. 158 

[11.] Certificates ................................................................................................................................................................... 159 

[11.A] Certificate of the TSA (TÜV) according to ISO 9001-2000 ........................................................................................... 159 


[11.B] Certificate of the TSA (TÜV) according to EN ISO 13485-2003 ................................................................................... 160 
[11.C] EC Certificate of the TSA (TÜV) ................................................................................................................................... 161 
[11.D] Certificate of compliance for sports and fitness devices .............................................................................................. 162 
[11.E] Certificate of compliance medical devices ................................................................................................................... 163 

[12.] Disposal ........................................................................................................................................................................ 164 

[12.A] Disassemble and cut up ............................................................................................................................................... 164 


[12.B] h/p/cosmos running machine ....................................................................................................................................... 164 
[12.C] h/p/cosmos service oil / grease .................................................................................................................................... 164 
[12.D] h/p/cosmos running belt ............................................................................................................................................... 164 

[13.] Contact.......................................................................................................................................................................... 165 

[13.A] Sales and Service ........................................................................................................................................................ 165 


[13.B] Headquaters of manufacturer ....................................................................................................................................... 165 

[14.] Appendix – Instruction and commissioning ............................................................................................................. 166 

[14.A] Instruction into general operation ................................................................................................................................. 166 


[14.B] Instruction into functions ............................................................................................................................................... 167 
[14.C] Instruction into maintenance works .............................................................................................................................. 169 
[14.D] Advice and support documents .................................................................................................................................... 170 
[14.E] Confirmation of commissioning and introduction / instruction ...................................................................................... 171 
[14.F] Service report – cos15531 ........................................................................................................................................... 172 
[14.G] Control protocol – cos15533 ........................................................................................................................................ 173 
[14.H] Wiring diagram load circuit quasar med 5.0 / pulsar 5.0 .............................................................................................. 174 
[14.I]  Wiring diagram control circuit quasar med 5.0 / pulsar 5.0 – page 1 ........................................................................... 175 
[14.J] Wiring diagram control circuit quasar med 5.0 / pulsar 5.0 – page 2 ........................................................................... 176 

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 9 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
Safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.]

[3.A] Safety precautions, safety regulations, prohibitions and warnings

N Use the running machine and accessories only under supervision of your doctor or/and trainer. Using the running
machine and the accessories without supervisory staff and introduction is forbidden.
N Before using the running machine, read the operation manual, safety precautions and safety regulations carefully.
N Start with slow walking. After some minutes increase the speed slowly according to your fitness level.
N It is strongly recommended to visit a doctor before using a sports device.
N Do not jump onto the rotating running belt. Do not jump off the rotating running belt (not even towards the front).
Do not stop moving or turn around on the rotating running belt. Never run sideways or backwards. Do not do
anything which could interfere with your balance. Do not set too high loads (speed, elevation).
N Always train with sports or running shoes (no spikes) - never run barefoot - and sports clothing.
N At the time of use the emergency-stop has to be in reach for the subject and the supervisory staff at any time.
N Use emergency-stop only if in danger or in danger of falling.
N At set elevation (e.g. by pressing the stop-button or the emergency-off-button, power failure, etc.), the bodyweight
of the subject and the force of gravity may cause an acceleration of the running belt. Do not step on the slant of
roller when getting on or off the running surface; the gravity force might cause a movement of the running belt.
N Dangerous capture areas/gaps at the elevation system as well as at the rear end and the sides of the running belt.
(At reverse belt rotation: danger as well at the motor hood and the front area).
N Please make sure that, in case of a fall, subjects with long hair, wide clothes, jewellery, etc. do not get caught in
the capture area at the rear end of the running belt. Possibly use a hairnet and make the subject aware of the
danger or secure the person with a safety harness against fall. Do not deposit any clothes, towels, jewellery, etc.
on the running machine – because of danger of tripping over and danger of capturing.
N Children and animals are not allowed to use the running machine and must not get too near (4 m distance) to it.
N Using the running machine under the influence of alcohol, drugs and/or anesthetic is prohibited.
N Interrupt the training immediately if you start feeling sick, dizzy or pain and see your doctor.
N Improper or excessive training or strain by tests may cause serious health injury or even death.
N Subjects with a cardiac pacemaker or those who suffers from any kind of physical restriction must see their doctor
and get a permission before using the running machine.
N The subject has to be secured by a safety arch with fall stop an chest belt while performing sprints, max.
endurance test and while training on wide running surfaces and/or other higher dangers.
N Please keep a safety area of at least 2 m in length and 1 m width directly behind the running machine. For running
machines equipped with reverse-belt-rotation keep a safety area of 2 m in length and 1 m width in the front and the
back of the running machine and always use the pull-rope emergency-stop or better the chest belt with fall-stop.
N Explicit warning of improper and forbidden use.
N Ensure that all cables (power connection, interface, potential equalization, etc.) and accessories are installed
properly and safely and that nobody can stumble or fall over the cables and/or accessories.
N Pay attention to further safety regulations and operation instructions in the appendix of this instruction manual. Pay
special attention to all maintenance and service instructions (also in manuals of accessories).
N In case of any detected and/or assumed malfunctions and/or defects or unreadable safety warning labels the
device has to be taken out of operation, the device has to be marked and secured against operation and the
supplier and authorized service personnel has to be informed in writing.
N Disregard of warnings, disregard of intended and forbidden use, safety precautions and also unauthorized or lack
of maintenance and/or regular safety checks may lead to injuries or death and/or can damage the device and will
result in loss of any liability and warranty.
N Do not drink and eat any lubrication material and no other material or parts of this device, and keep all lubrication
material and all other parts away from children and animals.
N These safety precautions and regulations are to be displayed within sight of the running machine. The warnings,
safety regulations and dangers have to be pointed out to every user and operator. The manufacturer does not
undertake any liability for any injury to persons or damage to property.
N Valuable articles (like watches, emblazonments, etc.) must be abated before using the device and must also not
be in near environment of the device.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 10 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.B] Exit the device in emergency case

In any emergency case (e.g. danger of stumbling and/or falling, etc.) the emergency button has to be pressed instantly!
Hold the side rails and/or the front rail with both hands and step on the footrest (step-platforms) with both feet.

[3.C] General Instructions / Safety

This instruction manual is part of the device and must always be accessible for every user.

Exact observance of the instruction manual is a requirement for the appropriate operation of an h/p/cosmos device.

Holding the handrails during exercise may effect the exercise results (e.g. heart rate, ECG, oxygen uptake, etc.). Under
normal conditions and for healthy subjects we recommend to hold the handrails only for emergency or when needed for
safety or unweighting.

Important notes, warnings and safety precautions are marked with the opposite sign. It also
reminds you of concerns which have to be considered for measurements and connection with
other devices.

The safety of your subjects and the compliance to the mentioned accuracy of measurement can only be achieved, if the
consumption goods, sensors and detectors, described in the instruction manual, are being used and the recommended
preventive maintenance and safety checks are performed by personnel authorised by h/p/cosmos.

Absorption-, cleansing- and disinfecting chemicals are only to be kept in the appropriate reservoirs. At the connection of
gas pressure container it has to be examined about its MOT-admissibility (TÜV) first. Pull the plug before cleansing or
disinfecting electric devices.

Safety, reliability and function can only be achieved if ...


N installation, extension, alteration and repair is performed by authorized people.
N the room for installation corresponds to the DIN and VDE installation directives.
N the device is plugged in at a socket with a protection system.
N the room for installation corresponds to the requirements of the surroundings for the device.
N the device after the instruction is being used in accordance with the instruction manual.

The entry of fluid into the device has to be removed immediately by the authorized customer service and a safety
examination has to be performed. Damaged socket connections, wires and pressure control switches have to be
replaced instantly by trained personnel or by authorised persons.

In case of any detected and/or assumed malfunctions and/or defects or unreadable safety warning
labels the device has to be taken out of operation, the device has to be marked and secured
against operation (for example pull power plug and affix warning/defect label on the power plug)
and the supplier and authorised service personnel has to be informed in writing.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 11 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.D] Instructions for safety and operation

The regulations mentioned in this chapter refer to the Federal Republic of Germany. For all other states take into
account the national legislation. If the running machine is a sports device (only c mark without 4-digit number), it must
not be connected with a medical product and must not be used for medical purposes. Due to higher safety requirements
medical instruments and devices are not allowed to be connected via extension cable and/or multiple plug socket with
the power supply, and a medical product must not be connected with a sports device either.

Disregard of warnings, disregard of intended and forbidden use, safety precautions and also
unauthorized or lack of maintenance and/or regular safety checks may lead to injuries or even
death and/or can damage the device and will result in loss of any liability and warranty

[3.D1] Electric safety / Safety classes

In order to protect the subject (athlete and/or patient) and the personnel, the association of German electro-
technicians Inc, (VDE) has published special directives for medical used rooms and electro-medical devices.
Devices with a power supply therefore have to, in order to prevent the passing on of the mains voltage over to
touchable metal pieces, be equipped with not only a reliable isolation of the parts being under voltage but also
additional safety precautions. The VDE-association divides it into so called safety classes.

Of the, for electro-medical devices, licensed safety classes are mainly used the safety class I (i.e. safety
precautions with protective wiring), and the safety class II, (i.e. safety measures without protective wiring but with
double isolation): Devices of the safety class I are devices, where the metallic casing-parts are connected with the
protective wire of the line net via the safety contact. In the case of an isolation error the inserted fuse element
switches off.

[3.D2] Patient security according to VDE 0750 (IEC 601-1) type B

If your h/p/cosmos device has a c mark with a 4-digit number (e.g. n) at the identification plate, it is a
medical product. At your h/p/cosmos medical product the patient is protected/isolated from the mains in
accordance with the safety standard referring to the requirements for leakage current values according to IEC 601-
1 type B. The connection of further mains-operated units to your h/p/cosmos-unit may cause that all the leakage
currents add and the safety of the patient is reduced. Due to this the connection of further units may only be
carried out on consultation with h/p/cosmos.

[3.D3] Potential equalization

The connection of e.g. EDP units to the V24 / RS 232 / USB / LAN / FireWire interface of the computer or of other
independent measuring stations can only be carried out in medically utilized locations according to VDE 0107 / EN
ISO 60601-1-1. Parallel connection of the potential equalization ensures, that in case of insulation failure none of
the connected units exceeds a voltage of 10mV and thus endangers the patient.

For this purpose all of the h/p/cosmos units are equipped with a connection fixture with which the equipotent
conductor, being part of the standard equipment, is connected to the equipotent bus bar of the room.

Standard potential equalization cable (length 5m) with 4mm2 cross-section [cos10223]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 12 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.D4] Connection of units installed outside medically utilized locations

If units installed outside medically utilized locations (e. g. external printer, host computer etc.) are connected to an
h/p/cosmos unit installed in a medically utilized location the VDE 0750 regulations must be observed. Connection
only via …
1. Optical fibre or optocoupler (4 kV checked and approved) or …
2. Protective isolation via insulation transformer according to IEC 601-1, appendix k. These units are to be
connected to the equipotent conductor.

Due to the increased safety requirements medical instruments may not be connected via extension leads or multi-
way connectors.

[3.D5] Medical electrical systems

The medical electrical system (later in this text referred as “system”) is a combination of several devices, of which
at least one is a medical electrical equipment. A combination occurs when devices are connected via so called
“functional connections” or via a mobile multiple socket. Not only electrical connections are defined as “functional
connections” but also those for the transmission of signals, electrical energy and/or substances. Thus already the
operation of two or more devices on the same multiple outlet is defined as a system. Even a mechanical
connection or a wireless connection produces a medical electrical system.

Basically it is imperative that a system is as safe as a single medical electrical equipment. The requirements in the
medical devices act and the applicable regulations (for example MPBetreibV) must be met. The system as a whole
must ensure that within the patients environment or at contact with patients the same level of safety prevails, as
determined by DIN EN 60601-1 (VDE 0750 Part 1).

[3.D6] Subject's surroundings

The surroundings of the subject must


have a gap of 1.5 m as it has been
proofed by experience. This has been
laid down here as the surrounding.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 13 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.D7] Protection against the danger of electrical shocks

Casing and cover: Parts of non-medical


electric devices within the surrounding of
the subject, which, after having taken off
the coverings etc. without the use of tools
for a routine maintenance etc., are in
touchable reach, have to operate with a
voltage that does not exceed 25 volt
alternate voltage and 60 volt direct
voltage, which is produced by a separate
source as described in IEC 601-1.
According to this example the leakage
current would flow from the electric device
to the earthened subject via the trainer/doctor.

Electrical equipment [3] and a subject [1] must never be touched by the doctor or trainer [2]
at the same time.

[3.D8] Environmental requirements

Running machines are not to be used in medically utilized rooms with a danger of explosions or in easily
inflammable atmospheres. The devices must not be installed near to e.g. an x-ray device, motors or transformer
with high connection power, as the electric and magnetic interference can falsify measurements or even make
them impossible. High voltage lines must be avoided nearby the device. h/p/cosmos electrical devices with mains
connections must neither be used in wet and humid areas (e.g. swimming pool, sauna, etc.) nor in environmental
chambers.

If not stated otherwise in the delivery information h/p/cosmos devices are designed for operation in normal climatic
surroundings (DIN IEC 601-1):

N Temperature: + 10° ... + 40° C


N Relative humidity: 30 ... 70 % (non condensing!)
N Air pressure: 700 ... 1060 mbar
N Maximum operating altitude: approx. 10,000 feet (3000m), without pressurization

The running machine has to be protected from high humidity. Venting slots are not to be covered; otherwise it
would hinder the air circulation. Store the devices at a temperature of – 20° ... + 50° C.

All devices can be stored without power-connection and without operation for a period of 6 – 9 months. After this
period batteries in the device may be discharged and maintenance and/or a new setup/programming of the device
could required by authorized h/p/cosmos technician.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 14 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.E] Economic life-time

The economic life time of the product is determined at common usage and application to 20 years, provided that after 10
years all electrical parts and component are renewed (at damage or unusual heavy duty possibly earlier) and the
recommended maintenance intervals are kept. Every maintenance and repair work needs to be carried out by
authorized h/p/cosmos technicians. For expendable parts a shorter life-time is due.

[3.F] Symbols used

All symbols used comply with the according norms IEC417, IEC878, EN957-1:2005 and Council Directive 2002/96/EC.

Read manufacturer’s guide,


instructions and manual
advises,
M Protection ground

Warning / safety precautions


Pay attention to accompanying instructions N Earth

R Devices of the type B P Potential compensation

J Dangerous electric voltage Symbol for collection, treatment, recycling


and disposal of waste electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE) as set out in
T Alternating current (AC) Directive 2002/96/EC of 27 January 2003
of the European Parliament and of the
Council on waste electrical and electronic
equipment are necessary to reduce the
waste management problems linked to the
heavy metals concerned and the flame
retardants concerned.

[3.G] Safety standards, norms

All h/p/cosmos running-machines are produced according to strict safety- and quality controls. The running machine
must not be used, if the certificates/permissions and the (according to the list of technical specifications) defined safety
standards do not correspond with the local and country-specific requirements. The country-specific requirements must
be compared before initial operation. Operate running machine only, if the requirements correspond. Full list of
applicable norms see also in the CE-certificate of compliance.

The standards with date in this manual with reference to design and construction characteristics, refer to the up to date
valid versions at the time of manufacture.

The standards with date in this manual applying to routine measurements and continual safety relevant measures (e.g.
electrical measurements to determine leakage current, insulation resistances etc.) can and will change with time.
Therefore the up to date valid versions of the respective standards at the time of measurement and their limit values,
which can deviate then from the procedures and limit values in this manual, apply.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 15 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.G1] VDE norm

The running-machines for the professional application in sports and fitness have been built corresponding to the
DIN EN 60335-1 (VDE 0700) guidelines. The running-machines for the professional application in the medical area
have been built corresponding to the DIN EN 60601-1 (VDE 0750) guidelines.

[3.G2] The c mark

The c mark on the nameplate of the sports and fitness running machines confirms the compliance to the council
directive 89/336/EEC appendix I (EMC electromagnetic compatibility). The audit has been conducted after the
criterion of jamming and interference immunity.

[3.G3] The n mark

The n mark on the nameplate of the running machine for medical application confirms the compliance to
the council directive 93/42/EEC (MDD Medical-Device-Directive).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 16 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.G4] EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility

The running-machines for the professional application in sports and fitness (with c mark) have been built
corresponding to the European Union Council Directive 89/336/EEC (EMC) and the low voltage directive
73/23/EEC. Norms: EMC: EN55011; EN61000-6-1; EN61000-3-2; EN61000-3-3, Safety: EN60950

The running-machines for medical applications (with n mark) have been built corresponding to the
European Union Council Directive 93/42/EEC
Norms: EMC: EN60601-1-2; EN61000-3-2; EN61000-3-3, Safety: EN60601-1

Certification bodies: Mitsubishi Electric Europe / EMC-Laboratroy, Mündelheimer Weg 35, DE 40472 Düsseldorf
EMV Testhaus GmbH, Gustav - Hertz - Strasse 35, DE 94315 Straubing / Germany, J. Schmitz GmbH, 83022
Rosenheim

Strong electromagnetic fields, transmitters and interferences, which are above the normal tolerance, can interfere
with measuring fuctions and displays of the running machines and can lead to other malfunctions.

Follow details to EMC values, guidance and manufacturers declaration in this manual in chapter „technical data“

[3.G5] General advice

The device is assigned to overvoltage-category II and pollution level I.

[3.H] Fields of application / intended use

All running-machines are built corresponding to the classes S and A based on EN 957-1:2005 / EN 957-6:2001.

[3.H1] Professional application in sports and fitness

The running machine models designed for sports and fitness have not been tested for application in medical areas
and therefore are not qualified for that field of application. They must not be connected to other medical devices.
You can apply these models in endurance training walking and running.

[3.H2] Professional application in the medical field

The running machine models designed for professional application in the medical field are also qualified for sports
and fitness use as well as for application in the medical field.
N Endurance training walking and running
N Endurance tests and EMG-measuring with the subject in the laboratory (only with safety arch / fall stop)
N Ergometry on the Running-Machine, Exercise- ECG and Ergospirometrie (only with safety arch / fall stop)
N Gait training
N Recreational fitness training

Children are only allowed to use the running machine under constant supervision of a
medical doctor and only when safeguarded by safety harness with fall-stop. Additionally
h/p/cosmos suggests the use of adjustable handrails.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 17 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions
[3.H3] h/p/cosmos medical running machines - MDD medical device directive. Safety standards

Over 20 years of experience in the production of treadmill-ergometers and complex systems with accessories and
special options have made h/p/cosmos the absolute treadmill specialist. We consider ourselves as the “market
precursor in technology and safety” amongst all treadmill manufacturers. Safety has a very high priority for us –
above all because we know from experience what kind of accidents can occur and which consequences might
result from these accidents.

On the one hand a treadmill is a very effective instrument in rehabilitation, therapy and diagnostics. However, like
in many areas of daily life (i.e. all kinds of traffic, may it be by car, train or bus or the handling of electrical machine
tools etc.) the use of a treadmill involves dangers which can be minimized by abiding strictly to safety procedures,
but can never be fully ruled out. As a manufacturer it is h/p/cosmos’ duty, and as the distributor or end-
user/operator of the running machine it is your duty, to minimize those dangers as far as possible.

In medical applications many additional risks (patients with pacemakers, ECG lead and electrode connections to
the skin, health and physical limitations, high workloads during stress tests, medication, etc.) have to be
considered. Therefore medical treadmills with interface and interactive heart rate based load controls are classified
as risk class IIb medical devices. They have specific additional design characteristics compared to fitness
treadmills, and can only be sold and serviced by authorized and certified distributors. h/p/cosmos has the
responsibility to ensure that the systems are correctly installed (with usage instruction) and maintained. Therefore
we have implemented a medical device observation and reporting system based on the statutory obligations
contained in, Guideline 93/42 EEC, MDD (medical device directive), ISO9001 and EN13485 standard and our
internal safety policy and risk management system. This is of utmost importance and all our distributors must sign
a contract that they will comply with these important international rules for medical devices, particularly for class IIb
devices and their respective statutory requirements.

h/p/cosmos fulfils its duty in different ways:

N All medical treadmill-ergometer device-families have to undergo an internal product-type examination as well
as external tests performed by the respective examination institutes such as the TUV Product Service in
Munich / Germany or the EMC laboratory. Our medical treadmill-ergometers meet the norms and guidelines
stipulated for medical applications such as the, MDD, EU guideline 93/42 EEC for medical products, IEC EN
60601-1 (VDE 0750), VDE 0751, IEC EN 60601-1-2 (EMC), IEC EN 60601-1-4, EN 957-1, EN 957-6.
N All h/p/cosmos medical treadmill-ergometers must undergo a 24-hour non-stop test after production with strict
safety tests, high-voltage-tests and electrical as well as mechanical safetychecks. All tests are recorded,
checked by a second independent employee and filed. h/p/cosmos treadmills have to pass the checks 100%
without exception.
N All medical h/p/cosmos treadmill-ergometers have an Emergency Off Switch (current off with mains
disconnection, not only the “standard software controlled emergency stop button”), power supply with
increased voltage resistance, electrical installation and wiring according to IEC 60601-1, a potential
equalization pin and a potential equalization transformer.
N h/p/cosmos has a quality management and risk management system according to ISO 9001:2000 & ISO
13485:2003 as well as medical device observation and incident reporting system.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 18 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions

N In the course of maintenance work h/p/cosmos technicians or authorised service personnel check the
electrical safety of the treadmill together with all safety relevant details and measure the accuracy of speed
and elevation of the treadmills at the customer’s premises.
N h/p/cosmos trains all relevant service technicians and sales personnel as medical device consultants with
respective certification.
N The user manuals of h/p/cosmos treadmills contain all important information and safety advice as well as
maintenance instructions and user regulations. The treadmills have a label with the date of the next safety
check /maintenance.
N h/p/cosmos offers numerous options and accessories such a safety arch with harness for fall prevention,
chest belt with automatic stop, arm supports or the unweighting system h/p/cosmos airwalk, which increase
safety for the patient during the use of a treadmill-ergometer. http://www.h-p-cosmos.com/en/safety/index.htm

All running machines and other machines with moving belts and parts, hold a great potential of danger at the belt
re-entry zones on the sides and at the end of the running surface, as the gap between running belt and frame is
frequently too wide. To reduce the risk for users, h/p/cosmos running machines have a gap of less than 4 mm and
it is marked clearly with additional danger precaution stickers.
Therefore we take it as our responsibility to inform our partners and customers about the background and
necessity only to use medical products in the medical application field. Statutory requirements only permit us to
supply medically classified equipment for medical applications.

Medical Device Directive Article 1 Definitions, scope 2 a.)


“medical device” means any instrument, apparatus, appliance, material or other article, whether used alone or in
combination, including the software necessary for its proper application intended by the manufacturer to be used
for human beings for the purpose of: Diagnosis, prevention, monitoring, treatment or alleviation of disease,
diagnosis, monitoring, treatment, alleviation of or compensation for any injury or handicap, investigation,
replacement or modification of the anatomy or of a physiological process, control of conception, and which does
not achieve its principal intended action in or on the human body by pharmacological, immunological or metabolic
means, but which may be assisted in its function by such means;

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 19 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions

The use of a product not released for medical use by the manufacturer in a medical application can result in
increased risks for the patients and for the operator – especially in the case of an accident on the treadmill
ergometer. In this case all parties involved (your insurance company, your professional association, possibly
patients lawyers and courts) will question negligence and liability. Therefore the use of a sports device for medical
purposes bears increased risks for the distributor, customer, operator, end user and last but not least the patient.
Despite that some of the above mentioned laws and guidelines are only binding within the European Union, the
patient’s needs, the risks and the required safety procedures are the same all over the world. We ask all parties
involved to help in improving safety.

Some examples for safety features at h/p/cosmos devices:

Potential isolation Opto coupler board Potential equalization Shielded motor


transformer connector cable

Frequency inverter metal housing (for shielding)

Medical devices are equipped with an Emergency-Off-


Button instead of a conventional Safety-Stop-Button,
which disconnects the device from the power supply when
pushing the button in emergency cases. Sport devices
mostly are only equipped with an emercency-stop-button,
which only stops the machine but does not disconnet it
completely from the mains. Danger zone sticker

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 20 of 176
safety, warnings, precautions, prohibitions

[3.I] Forbidden use

N All prohibitions in the chapter "safety precautions, safety regulations, prohibition and warnings"
N The running machine must not be used without being carefully instructed by specialist staff and without having
received notes on the safety regulations.
N Interrupt the training immediately if you start feeling sick or dizzy and see your doctor.
N Subject with a cardiac pacemaker or who suffers from any kind of physical restriction must see a doctor before
using the running machine and ask for allowance.
N Children and animals are not allowed to use the running machine and must not get near (4m safety area) to it.
N Other use, then explicitly listed directed use at the point field of application.
N In case of any detected and/or assumed malfunctions and/or defects or unreadable safety warning labels the
device has to be taken out of operation, the device has to be marked and secured against operation and the
supplier and authorized service personnel has to be informed in writing.
N Every kind of overload of test person / subject / patient is forbidden.
N Every kind of use with increased risk, e.g. sprint or medical application with patients and increased risk of falling, is
forbidden without using additional safety precautions and safety equipment, such as e.g. safety-arch with fall-stop.
N In case of existence of one or more of the following contraindications we strongly suggests to see a medical doctor
or a specialist before using the running machine: pregnancy, acute thrombosis, heart- and/or arteries disease,
fresh wounds e.g. after surgery, artificial joints and limbs, acute fracture, damaged disc or traumatic caused
disease of the spine, diabetes, epilepsy, inflammations, acute migraine and any kind of tumors. Please contact the
manufacturer h/p/cosmos, if your doctor or specialist needs further information about the running machine.
N The automatic operation (modes profile, cardio, test, remote control via PC and peripheral devices) is forbidden, if
the health and condition of the test person / subject / patient does not allow it and if a doctor has not authorized it.
Disregard may cause injuries and dangerous health problems and even death.
N All use with wheels (cycling, wheelchair, inline-skating or roller-ski) is forbidden at standard running surfaces and -
belts. Such applications are only allowed at special running machines marked with „r“(e.g. h/p/cosmos saturn
300/100r). Additionally a safety harness with fall-stop is prescribed. The brakes at the bike respectively wheelchair
must be deactivated (e.g. demount brake suspension) and the stop at the inline-skates must be demounted during
the exercise on the running machine. Do not forget to reactivate brakes before using this equipment outdoor again.
N Never use running shoes or other shoes with spikes or studs at the standard running surface resp. running belt.
These applications are only allowed on special running machines with suffix „rs“ which have as an option
additionally an extra thick running belt. A safety arch with chest belt and fall-stop is also obligatory in this case.
N In environmental conditions, others than specified in the chapter „technical specifications“ and “environmental
conditions“, h/p/cosmos devices must not be used (e.g. in wet and humid areas, swimming pools, sauna,
environmental chambers, high-pressure-, low-pressure, altitude- and oxygen-chambers, etc.).

At the suspicion of unauthorized access or other reasons to lock the running machine, it has to be
locked for starting: See „option 40“ in chapter „option settings“. With option 41 ... 44 you can lock
also separate modes (manual, profile, cardio, test).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 21 of 176
installation & commissioning
Installation & commissioning
[4.]

[4.A] Transport, unpacking and packaging

When receiving the machine in a crate or unpacked, make sure the machine, the accessories and/or the packaging is
not damaged. If you discover any damage and/or missing parts make a note on the packing-list / delivery note of the
carrier. Inform h/p/cosmos and your dealer immediately in writing about any damages and/or missing parts.

The manufacturer does not undertake any liability for any damage, complaints and missing parts
which is not reported immediately by delivery on the packing-list / delivery note.

Before you unpack the machine and accessories read instructions on the crate. Make sure that the machine, power
connection cable or any optional equipment will not be damaged during unpacking. Pay special attention on small parts,
so that you do not dispose them or any instructions with the packaging. Within Germany mostly all devices are delivered
and assembled by h/p/cosmos directly or by an authorised forwarder. If delivered by h/p/cosmos the packaging will be
taken back and recycled.

If the running machine is being delivered by a carrier, you can recycle the packaging yourself or send it back to the
manufacturer (transportation is to be paid by the customer). Often a recyclable transport tool or packaging or a
transport-fuse (metal angle with screws) is included in the extent of delivery.

Ask your dealer and the carrier to take the packaging and the recyclable transport tool back to your dealer or to
h/p/cosmos at your own costs. In some cases a credit note can be granted. Special packaging and/or carrier
constructions must not be disposed unauthorized.

[4.A1] Transport to upper or lower floors and through narrow doors

With the standard models (sizes running surface 150/50cm, 170/65cm, 190/65cm / except adjustable handrails)
the handrail at the left is easy to remove, as there are no cables inside. The handrail at the right can be
unscrewed, can be put 90° to the left ("lay it on the running belt") and then the handrail has to be temporarily fixed
with special transport fuse construction (available at h/p/cosmos) in order to avoid damages during the transport.

Under the condition that the right handrail lies flat and
temporarily fixed on the running surface, the whole
machine can be put 90° to the right to an upright
position. So the width of the machine is fairly reduced
and can be easily moved through narrow doors or
windows.

A special transport tool is available to move the


machine through aisles - see below (available as loan
object at h/p/cosmos).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 22 of 176
installation & commissioning
Transport angle construction running surface 150/50cm [cos10971]
Transport angle construction running surfaces 170 and 190/65cm [cos10314]

Transport angle construction running surface 200 ... 300/75 ... 125cm [cos14090]
Transport tool for construction size running surface 150/50cm [cos10972]
Transport tool for construction size running surfaces 170 and 190/65cm [cos13794]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 23 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.A2] Transport with trolleys

For an easy transport put 2 usual trolleys under the device (platform
approximately 30cm x 30cm with 4 maneuverable rolls each) to make the
device “mobile”.

Trolley with 4 rolls for max. 300kg [cos13016]


Trolley with 4 rolls for max. 500kg [cos13672]

[4.A3] Transport of oversize running machines

For big devices it might be the best and only possibility to move them through the window with the help of a special
basket and a heavy mobile crane.

Transports of heavy devices must only be carried out by authorised staff in compliance with
the safety standards. Otherwise there is serious danger for people and devices.

[4.B] Mechanical installation

N In order to ensure proper installation and safety, either the manufacturer, an authorised service crew or an
authorised dealer must always perform transport and installation of the devices
N For reasons of safety please make sure that there is a safety zone of at least L: 2.5m x W: 1.0m behind and
L: 1.0m x B: 1.0m to the front the running machine. Please note, that with the optional equipment reversible
running belt rotation you also have to ensure a safety zone of L: 2.5m x W: 1.0m in front of the running machine.
N Put an aerobic mat (or something similar) in front of and behind the running machine to protect the subject when
falling. Put the device on a rubber mat as large as the device to protect the floor from dust and scratches, to
ensure a firm stand and to reduce noise.
N The provided space for the running machine must be even and horizontal.
N Models with leveling sockets (adjustable "feet") at the rear of the running machine have to be adjusted so that they
have a firm stand, otherwise it could lead to noises like knocking or rattling during the training. Check the weight
load pressure on the leveling sockets (weight of the running machine at the rear), by trying to lift the frame off the
ground at the rear of the running machine one side after the other. That way you can find out, whether you have
got the same load on the two sockets. The levelling sockets and the front wheels of the elevation system may
cause a print in the flooring. In case of sensitive flooring please use h/p/cosmos floor mats for protection:
Floor protection mat 150/50 for running machines with deck size 150x50 cm [cos14005]
Floor protection mat 170/65 for running machines with deck size 170x65 cm [cos14042]
Floor protection mat 190/65 for running machines with deck size 190x65 cm [cos14043]
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 24 of 176
installation & commissioning
Other sizes available on request.
N For models without leveling sockets please make sure that the floor condition is even and horizontal. The machine
stands with the entire ground frame on the floor.
N Models with a running surface of 200 x 75 cm or bigger: Make sure the floor condition is even and horizontal. The
machine stands with the entire ground frame on the floor. There are leveling sockets incorporated, but they should
only be used in case of problems with and uneven floor.
N Before you switch on the device you need to de-install the mechanical transportation fuse, fixing the upper and
lower frame.
N The bearing capacity of floor and ceiling in the building must be higher than the weight of the machine. It has to be
approved for the h/p/cosmos device by an authorized body of the operator. Example h/p/cosmos saturn 4.0
300/100r: Dimensions ground frame running machine: L: 3400 mm x B: 1490 mm = 5.066 m² platform. Net weight
of running machine: 1300 kg, static bodyweight of subject: 200 kg, dynamical weight of subject: 1200 kg (up to 6
times the bodyweight), over all weight load of system at platform: 2500 kg = bearing capacity of platform: 493.48
kg (~ 500 kg) / m².
N At h/p/cosmos gaitway with integrated force plate the transportation locks have to be removed after erection. Drive
elevation up to max of 25 %. Loosen the four M8 screws, indicated with the red arrows at the underside of the alu-
force plates and remove them. Drive elevation down to 0 %. Loosen the locknuts at the levelling sockets. Now
level out the running machine with the help of the Kistler Software and then tighten the locknuts again.
N The running belt has to be checked and if necessary adjusted (see maintenance instructions), so that it is placed
exactly in the middle of the two rollers, after installation or change of location.
N If the running machine is installed safely and horizontal, it can be plugged in (see installation instructions) and
taken into operation.
N It is recommended to lubricate the running surface with 40ml Silicone-Oil before using it for the first time. See
separate chapter "maintenance".

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 25 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.C] Electrical installation

An overload or an voltage drop (even short-time) of more than 20 % of the mains voltage might
cause malfunctions and/or defects and might totally switch-off the running machine. At such high
voltage drops or at total power failure the running machine switches off and the running belt stops.
To start again you have to switch-on the running machine at the main „ON“ switch and than press
START at the keyboard.

N Installation of any electrical device and h/p/cosmos running-machines must only be carried out at a voltage power
connection with ground wire (earthing) including leakage-current protection-switch (interrupter) and according to
VDE 0100 or/and the currently valid regulations and directives. Requirements for special locations, areas and
establishments (e.g. medically used areas) must be strictly adhered. PE-connection (protection-earth-contact) is
stipulated at all running-machines. The voltage drop between the beginning of the consumer’s installation and the
wall socket must not be more than 4% (DIN VDE 0100-520). It is the consignee’s and user’s personal responsibility
to check the correct functions of the mains connection including the outlets and an authorized electrical engineer
must check these points for perfect functions regularly (1 ... 4 years). Inspections of the electrical installations
within the building are not incumbent on the supplier h/p/cosmos.
N Read the nameplate of the machine before connecting the machine to the power outlet, just in case the machine
was designed for special voltage supply (e.g. 110 Volts and 25 Ampere). As standard, a usual power supply of
230 Volt / AC, 50/60 Hz is sufficient for most of the running machines.
N The bigger running machines (size running surface 190/65cm 3p up to 300/125cm)
require a 3 phase AC power supply: 3 x 400 Volt / 32 Amp (running machine
190/65cm 3p 16 Amp) fused (read name of the machine just to make sure) and right-
handed polarized (clockwise rotation field).

Pictures power-plug (on device) and power-outlet:


CEE power outlet (socket), 5-pin, 16 Ampere
[cos11092]
CEE power outlet (socket), 5-pin, 32 Ampere
[cos11090]

Power supply for h/p/cosmos pulsar 3p Power supply for h/p/cosmos venus and saturn
400 Volt AC 3~/N/PE f: 50/60 Hz Imax: 16.0 A 400 Volt AC 3~/N/PE f: 50/60 Hz Imax: 32.0 A
3 phase current with clockwise rotation field. 3 phase current with clockwise rotation field.
16 Ampere fuse (C-characteristic) 32 Ampere fuse (C-characteristic)
The plug-in has 5 plugs: The plug-in has 5 plugs:
L1 = Phase 1 (black wire) L1 = Phase 1 (black wire)
L2 = Phase 2 (brown wire) L2 = Phase 2 (brown wire)
L3 = Phase 3 (black or grey wire) L3 = Phase 3 (black or grey wire)
N = Neutral (blue wire) N = Neutral (blue wire)
PE = Ground / Earth (yellow-green wire) PE = Ground / Earth (yellow-green wire)
The mentioned wire colours are applicable for Germany and different colours may be applicable in other countries.
Voltage values for 3-phase voltage power supply:
from L1 to L2: 400 Volt, from L1 to L3: 400 Volt, from L2 to L3: 400 Volt
from L1 to N: 230 Volt, from L2 to N: 230 Volt, from L3 to N: 230 Volt,
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 26 of 176
installation & commissioning
N After having switched on a 3 phase machine, an elevation of 0 % has to be adjusted automatically. If this is not the
case, the unit is to be switched off immediately and the two phases of the wall socket have to be changed so that
the device is supplied with right-handed polarized power. Otherwise the elevation cannot be set correctly and the
power supply of the motor for controlling the elevation is switched off via the limit stop switch at the ground frame.
N Use a usual 16 Ampere expulsion fuse with C-tripping-circuit for your house distribution. For running machine-
models with a construction size of the running surface of 200/75cm up to 300/125cm you will need a 32 Ampere
expulsion fuse with C-tripping-circuit. If however, the expulsion fuses switch off when starting the device, the circuit
has to be secured with a blowout fuse or an expulsion fuse with another tripping-circuit (e.g.: K–fuse). Read name
plate and technical data of the machine just to make sure.
N For further questions please ask your electrical engineer or h/p/cosmos.
N Before installing the running machine please compare the specifications on the nameplate concerning the mains
voltage and the mains frequency with your local characteristics. Connection only if identical.
N Check the main lead, the voltage power supply outlet and ground wire protection-contacts before plugging it in.
Damaged leads and couplers and defective or dirty contacts have to be exchanged immediately. Rubber-leads can
get porous and friable after some years.

N Plug the running machines directly into the wall socket. Each running machine has to be
connected to a separate circuit. The socket has to be marked with name and serial number of
the running machine. The use of an extension cables or a multiple plug sockets is not
allowed.
N Electrical devices with mains connections must neither be used in wet and humid areas (e.g.
swimming pool, sauna, etc.) nor in environmental chambers.

[4.C1] Name plate

Name plate examples sports device model h/p/cosmos quasar / medical device h/p/cosmos saturn 300/125r
For full details please refer to the chapter „technical data“ in this manual.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 27 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.C2] Electric safety measurements and „First Measured Values“

Immediately at first installation at the customer’s site an electric safety test


and measurement has to be performed for „Protective Earth Resistance“,
„Isolation Resistance“ and „Leakage Current“ and the values have to be
recorded on a special protocol [cos11690xx] and marked with „first
measured values“. For details please refer to the chapter „maintenance /
inspections“ in this manual. One copy of this protocol [cos11690xx]
remains at the owner’s manual and the original of the protocol with the
„first measured values“ shall be sent to the manufacturer h/p/cosmos.
Picture: Example for electric safety testing device based on IEC 601-1

[4.C3] Potential equalization

The potential equalization cable [cos10223] must be connected with the


connector on the device plug and with the potential-compensation-
bearing within the medically used room. During installation, connecting or
disconnecting the potential equalization, the device (running machine)
must not be connected to the power supply. Protection against electric
shock has to be provided in the finished product/device.

N When used in the medical field, all devices within the system have to be connected via a
potential-compensation-cable in „star-connection“ with the potential-compensation-
bearing within the medically used room.
N First connect the potential compensation (potential equalization) with the corresponding
plug pin (next to the main switch at the front) and then connect the mains plug.
N During electric safety measurements and test (leakage currents, etc.) the potential
equalization cable has to be disconnected temporarily.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 28 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.C4] Plug assignment at the UserTerminal

If the UserTerminal was disassembled during transport please connect the cables according to following
illustration:
N Devices with MCU5 control unit (as of manufacturing date 12/2007)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 29 of 176
installation & commissioning

N Devices with MCU4 control unit (until manufacturing date 12/2007)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 30 of 176
installation & commissioning
N For devices with MCU4 control unit (until manufacturing date 12/2007) and reverse belt rotation

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 31 of 176
installation & commissioning

Picture top:
MCU5-control-board and display board inside the UserTerminal

Picture right
Sticker for plug references at the back plate of the UserTerminal

Above: Drawing cable connection for ON/OFF button and emergency stop in
the UserTerminal

Right hand side: Ground connection at the UserTerminal

Note: GND / GND = ground

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 32 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.D] Starting the running machines

[4.D1] Unlocking of the emergency-stop switch

In order to be able to switch on the device, you may have to unlock the Emergency-stop switch first by pulling it
(depending on the type) or turning it around (to the left hand side, see symbol).

[4.D2] Switching the device on

If the running machine is at an angle of elevation > 0 when switching it on, it will
automatically drive into the position zero (display: ELEVATION „INIT“). So please take care
before switching on, that while driving down the elevation no harm can be done to persons
and there are no objects under the running machine.

No. Illustration Description

[01] Release all emergency stop buttons of the treadmill-ergometer.

picture left unlatching by turning


picture below unlatching by pulling

[02] The expulsion fuse at the front of the device (front terminal below
the hood) has to be switched on.

[03] Switch on the running machine by using the white key (until 2003
green "ON" or "I" key). at the FrontTerminal. At some models built
before the year 12/2007 the location of the ON-/OFF-key could
also be the UserTerminal.

The indicator light within the key is glowing (if the indicator does
not flash up, please check the power supply, the expulsion fuse
and the Emergency-stop).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 33 of 176
installation & commissioning
Devices for Sports and Fitness manufacturing before manufacturing date 12/2007
The running machine can be switched on directly at the expulsion fuse at the FrontTerminal (frontal section below
the hood) to the condition "stand-by mode" (if the emergency-stop has been activated a flashing notice „PULL
STOP“ appears on the display.).

Expulsion fuse and ON / OFF button ON / OFF button Main switch from construction
main switch 2- or 3-pole with control lamp until 2003 size running surface
200...300/75...125cm onwards

[4.D3] Switching the device off

N The ON-/OFF-intervals must not be shorter than 1-2 minutes (at models with 3-phase
connection: 2-3 minutes). Otherwise it could lead to interference in the adjustment of
the motor or to the failure of the backup.
N The models for medical application with the isolation transformer have an inrush-
current limiter (surge guard). Too short switch on / switch off intervals will lead to a
deactivation of the inrush current limiter and results in an overload of the circuit fuse.
N For the professional use, where the devices are often being used daily, we recommend
to switch on the devices in the morning, and leave it in the stand-by mode during the
day.

Switch off the running machine by pressing the black key (until 2003 red “O” key) at the UserTerminal (some
models at the front of the device). The indicator within the key is extinguished. At some models built before
12/2007 the location of the ON-/OFF-key could also be the UserTerminal.

Devices for Sports and Fitness manufacturing before 12/2007


The machine can be switched off directly with the explusion fuse at the FrontTerminal (frontal section below the
hood).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 34 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.E] Emergency-Stop / Emergency-Off

When in danger of falling or in any picture left unlatching by turning


emergency case please press the picture below unlatching by pulling
red button of the emergency-stop
at the UserTerminal. At devices
without UserTerminal the red
emergency-stop-button is located
directly at the handrail.

In order to switch on the device


again, unlock the Emergency-stop
by pulling or by turning it slightly
to the left (depending on the
type).

Running machines for sports and fitness with manufacturing date before 12/2007 will be ready for operation immediately
(pay attention to the display). Running machines with manufacturing date after 12/2007 resp. all treadmills for medical
application (independet of manufacturing date) have to be switched on with the white „I“ key (until 2003 green “ON” or “I”
key) again. Before switching it on again, however, wait for at least 1 to 2 minutes (3 phase devices: 2 to 3 minutes). As
mentioned above „Switching the device off“.

N Use the emergency-stop only if in danger.


N The emergency-stop is not to be used as a normal stop-key.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 35 of 176
installation & commissioning
[4.F] Installation, Overview, Checklist

The authorized technician (distributor or service partner) has to check whether the installation of the device has been
performed properly, before the customer is introduced into the operation of the h/p/cosmos device. For detailed
information and instructions for installation and commissioning please refer to all respective individual chapters in this
manual. Among others, following points save to be performed or controlled:
No. Illustration Description

[01] Compare the delivery note with the installed running machine.
Are all parts like running machine, accessories, service box and
running machine folder complete and without damage.
accomplished ‰

[02] Adjust the levelling sockets.

accomplished ‰

[03] Tighten all fixation screws of the handrails.

accomplished ‰

[04] Check the wall socket: Optical check for damages, burned
contacts, proper fixation and good ground contact (no paint, dirt,
deformation)

Check out the correct pin assignment of the wall socket with a
socket-tester with direct indication (see picture left).

As testing-device we recommend the Testavit Schuki 3 –


[cos15900] - Separate instruction available at h/p/cosmos.

Check the electrical connection of the device: Direct connection to


the wall socket with separate fuse, no danger of stumbling, no
extension cable, no multiple plug socket, separate circuit for the
treadmill. If a correct connection to the wall socket is not possible,
note this on the delivery note, inform the customer and put the
device out of operation (if necessary) and safe
accomplished ‰
against start-up.
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 36 of 176
installation & commissioning
[05] Immediately at first installation an electric safety test / measurment
has to be performed for „Protective Earth Resistance“, „Isolation
Resistance“ and „Leakage Current“ and the values have to be
recorded on a special protocol [cos11690xx] and marked with „first
measured values“. For details please refer to chapter
„maintenance / inspections“. One copy of this protocol
[cos11690xx] remains at the owner’s manual and the original with
the „first measured values“ shall be sent to the manufacturer
h/p/cosmos. The potential equalization cable has to be connected
AFTER the measurements.
accomplished ‰
[06] Lubricate the running machine before introduction according to
instruction with 30 ml special silicon oil which is part of the “service
box”.

accomplished ‰

[07] Check the tension of the running belt (no slip).

accomplished ‰

[08] Adjust the running belt properly before instruction with the
customer.

The allen-key must be pulled out of the screw


immediately after usage due to risk of injury!

accomplished ‰

[09] Test the function of the heart rate transmission with the help of a
simulator or a POLAR sender. Search for interferences and
possible reasons.

accomplished ‰

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 37 of 176
operation
Operation
[5.]

[5.A] UserTerminal, keyboard and display

If your running machine has no UserTerminal (no display, no keyboard), it can only
be controlled via interface RS 232, e.g. via ECG, Ergospirometry, PC with software
h/p/cosmos para graphics® or h/p/cosmos para control®. Important security advices,
warnings, system requirements and a list of the compatible peripheric devices you
can find in this manual under RS232 interface and option functions RS232 protocol
or at our homepage www.coscom.org

More recent computers will have only an USB interface instead of the RS232 interface. For that case an „USB to RS232
interface-adapter-cable“ is available at h/p/cosmos under order number cos12769. To control via USB interface the
processor must be a Pentium 1.8 GHz or higher.

To use all the functions described below and for maintenance and service we recommend the PC software h/p/cosmos
para control® (Freeware). It is possible to purchase a keyboard or an external UserTerminal as optional equipment for
these models, which can be connected to the running machine via interface RS232. Option 1: UserTerminal MCU4
remote control with 5 meter cable: h/p/cosmos order number cos10002. Option 2: additional keyboard 6 keys with 2
meter cable: h/p/cosmos order number [cos10106]. When using an additional keyboard it is necessary (depending on
the model) to install a additional wiring and a connector, or the UserTerminal backplate has to be re-fitted/removed.

At the suspicion of unauthorized access or other reasons to lock the running machine, it has to be
locked for starting: See „option 40“ in chapter „option settings“. With option 41 ... 44 you can lock
also separate modes (manual, profile, cardio, test).

Oversize running machines and devices without UserTerminal

The oversize running machines series


h/p/cosmos venus and h/p/cosmos
saturn have an external control unit
with integrated UserTerminal.

It is possible to re-fit lt-models and to


equpip oversize running machines with
an additional UserTerminal at the
pic. top: Retrofitting UserTerminal at handrail
handrail.
pic. left: External control unit with options:
rolls set and monitor-/laptop arm

Attachment for retrofitting UserTerminal at handrail [cos13514]


Monitor arm (movable-) for PC monitors or laptops [cos13321]
Laptop computer [cos13476]
Roll set (4 rolls) for external control unit [cos14184]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 38 of 176
operation
[5.A1] The keyboard

Do not lean on the UserTerminal. Do not put any pressure on the display. Press the keys softly. As
confirmation you will hear a beeping sound.

Basic functions Basic functions


Alteration of elevation Stop
Program steps Discontinuance of operation

Modus-Übernahme
Basic functions (Manual, Profile, Cardio, Test) Basic functions
Selection of mode (manual, profile, cardio, test) Confirmation of mode (manual, profile, cardio, test)
Alteration of parameters (speed, acceleration / deceleration) Confirmation of parameter (speed, time, pulse, a.s.)
Selection of options, program parameter Confirmation of options (measuring unit)
Start (of selected mode)
Modification of acceleration / deceleration

The keys may also have special functions within different modes. See the instructions manual mode, profile mode, cardio
mode and test mode

[5.A2] The display

The display consists of 6 four digit LCD-displays, which show speed, exercise period, (energy consumption,
wattage and MET by turns), exercise distance, elevation (inclination) and heart rate. Next to the LCD-displays you
will find light-emitting diodes (LED) in addition, which supply information about mode, measuring unit and so on.

Flashing displays indicate:


N select option (LED ~)
N alterable parameter (LCD)
N interference / error

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 39 of 176
operation
The indicated values remain, after stopping the running machine, until ...
... the running machine has been started again with the c -key
... the mode (manual, profile, cardio, test) has been changed
... the display has been initiated by pressing the b -key once more.

If the running machine has been stopped by reducing the speed with the a -key („PAUSE“-position), then the
display continues with the previous values after starting again.

[5.A3] The display (standard configuration)


Display LED Status Unit Definition
MET * MET { MET 0.1
Speed
Energy consumption Energy ~ KJ 1
LED Status Unit Definition Wattage Power { Watt 1
max { Fitness-Index (UKK) Index 1
m/min { m/min 0.1 * One metabolic equivalent (MET) is defined as the consumption of oxygen
km/h ~ km/h 0.01 while sedentary life. Two MET correspond to the consumption while walking
with ca. 3.5 km/h and 8 MET correspond to the consumption while running
m/s { m/s 0.01
with ca. 13 km/h. Displayed not for all models.
mph { mph 0.01

Runing time

LED Status Unit Definition


mm:ss 1
hh:mm 1
Running distance

LED Status Unit Definition


m ~ m 0.1
km { km 0.1
miles { miles 0.1

Display LED Status Unit Definition

Elevation Heart rate (max.) Ï { 1/min 1


Heart rate (min.) Ð { 1/min 1
Program sequence (Step) / -number (No)
Sex Sex { M/F
LED Status Unit Definition M = male
% ~ % 0.1 F = female
∠ { ° 0.1 Age Age { year 1
Step { 1 Weight Weight { kg 1
No { 1 Height of subject H .... cm 1

~ LED on / { LED off

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 40 of 176
operation
[5.B] Mode of operation

[5.B1] General notes

The running machine is equipped with 4 modes of operation: manual, profile, cardio and test. Some of the modes
of operation can also be changed online into another while the running machine is in operation.

Select the Mode first (see 4 LED) with a or d and confirm the Mode with c

The incorporated series interface is always active. This means, that you can send and receive data/commands at
any time (parallel) and during any mode. Always the latest command will be executed. No matter if the command
came via interface or from the UserTerminal during one of the 4 modes.

[5.B2] Acceleration levels

7 different acceleration levels and deceleration levels are available for all modes and for remote control via
interface and h/p/cosmos coscom protocol. Max. acceleration level and minimum acceleration level see chapter:
User options / optional functions. The following diagram shows the acceleration levels at a running machine with
maximum speed of 40km/h.

Explanation: [a] Speed in km/h, [b] Time in seconds


0 to maximum speed: Intensity [1] 131 sec., [2] 66 sec., [3] 33 sec., [4] 16 sec., [5] 8 sec., [6] 5 sec. and [7] 3 sec.

Never set too high loads (speed, acceleration, elevation). High loads are forbidden, if the
health and the condition of the test person / patient do not allow them and a doctor has not
authorized these loads. Disregard may cause injuries and dangerous health problems. At
high loads and identifiable risks meet the appropriate higher and reasonable safety
precautions.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 41 of 176
operation
[5.B3] Manual mode

Initiation: Running belt is not moving. One of the modes LED ~ is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[5.B3] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Select operational mode manual Alteration of the mode (manual, profile, cardio, test) until
~ manual is flashing

c
[02] Start operational mode manual A) In case of deactivation (standard) in the optional
functions:
~ manual, km/h, m and % are glowing
~ met, energy and power are glowing by turns
Running belt accelerates up to the pre-selected starting-
speed (standard: 0.5 km/h, can be changed in the
optional mode), start of measuring

% indicates present heart rate: P. 40 ... P. 220. The


display indicates every single heart-beat with a flashing
dot behind the P

B) In case of activation in the optional functions:


% indicates: 65 flashing (for 65 kg body weight)
~ weight is glowing
in order to enter with a or d and then c the body
weight for an accurate calculation of the POWER and
ENERGY consumption.

Further steps see A)

a or d
[03] Alteration of speed Speed is being increased / reduced (0-max.) as long as
the key get pressed. If Speed is being reduced down to
press and hold „0“= Pause-position:
= indicates: PAUS. Current values will be
sustained.

a or d
[04] Alteration of acceleration and Example: For acceleration or deceleration level “3”,
deceleration level for speed press 3 times the corresponding key and then hold.
press several times Note: Maximum 7 levels, limited by the maximum
and then hold acceleration level selected in the Optional Mode /
standard value = 4.

a
[05] Pause mode If Speed is being reduced down to „0“ = Pause position
= indicates: "PAUS". Running belt stops. All
displays stop. Current values will be sustained.
When restart with d or c all display values will be
"added".

f or e
[06] Alteration of elevation Elevation is being increased / reduced (0 ... max.) as
long as the key get pressed.
press and hold

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 42 of 176
operation

c
[5.B3] [07] Switch over to the next mode or Switch (Jump) over to the next Mode, or jump to the
one mode back previous Mode. This is a perfect way to change to other
and simultaneous Modes without stop of the belt.

a or d
b
[08] Stop running belt Running-Belt stops.
(Deceleration time can be adjusted in the optional
functions)
Display values and pre-selected mode remain for 2
minutes and will then be deleted (reset) automatically

[5.B4] Automatic mode

The automatic mode is for starting a training profile, a heart rate dependant speed control or a test profile.

Caution: The treadmill belt will start moving automatically and the speed and elevation will be changed
automatically after one of the 3 modes (profile, cardio, test) has been started. You and all other users need to get
familiar with the details and risks of these modes (e.g. the max. speed and elevation of these modes) for not facing
the danger of too high speeds and injuries.

Additionally there is the possibility to disable each mode (manual, profile, cardio, test) in the user-option-mode (see
chapter “optional settings”. This can be required in special cases for additional safety or to reduce functions of
more simple operation.

N Automatic operation (mode profiles, cardio, test, remote control via PC and peripheric
devices) is forbidden, if the health and the condition of the test person / patient do not
allow them and a doctor has not authorized these loads. Disregard may cause injuries and
dangerous health problems.
N At automatic operation the test person / patient and supervisory staff have to impropriate
exact knowledge about the expected loads before starting and anticipate an automatic
load alternation (speed, acceleration, decelaration, elevation and STOP) at any time. It is
necessary to meet the appropriate higher and reasonable safety precautions.

[5.B5] Profile Mode / Pre-programmed training profiles

Profile-mode offers 6 different programs, which, with the help of various speed and elevation combinations,
simulates easy running training as well as a cross-country run.

In case of activation (standard deactivated) in the user-options (OP11): The maximum speed, maximum elevation
and the duration of the 6 profiles can be selected ("scaled"), in order to provide 6 x 6 x 6 (216 total) variations of
profiles. Standard set-up is without scaling, for quicker and easier access.

All of the 6 profiles are predefined and cannot be changed in the memory. For creating your personal profile:
Test No 21 ... 28 are user defined (free programmable Profiles).

For a better and easier documentation we recommend to use the serial printer interface or to connect an external
PC in order to use the h/p/cosmos para graphics® for documentation.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 43 of 176
operation
Initiation: Running-Belt is not moving. One of the modes LED ~ is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[5.B5] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Select operational mode profile Alteration of the mode (manual, profile, cardio, test) until
~ profile is flashing
~ profile is glowing
c
[02] Start operational mode profile
~ speed max. is glowing
~ program no. is glowing
= indicates: max. speed in this profile
! indicates: time in this profile
$ indicates: profil no. 1
~ profile is glowing
a or d
[03] Select profile no. 1 ... 6
~ speed max. is glowing
~ program no. is glowing
= indicates: max. speed in this profile
! indicates: time in this profile.
$ indicates: profil no. 1 ... 6

c
[04] Start operational mode profile: A) In case of deactivation (standard) in the optional
The selected profile no. 1 ... 6 functions:
~ profile is glowing
~ % is glowing, by turns with LED step
~ KJ and Watt are glowing by turns
Running belt accelerates up to the starting-speed of the
first program step, according to the "table of programs".
5 seconds before the next program step there is an
acoustic countdown. Start of measuring. All displays
indicate the actual values. The belt stops automatically
according to the profile duration. The belt can be
stopped at any time with the help of b.

B) In case of activation in the optional functions:


" indicates: SC 3 (scaling 1 ... 6) is flashing
= indicates max. speed according to the scaling (for
max. speed in this profile)
~ speed max. is glowing
! indicates time according to the scaling (for
duration of this Profile)
In order to enter with a or d and then c das the
scaling (max. Speed, Elevation, Time and Distance).
Herewith you can create more variations out of the 6
standard Profiles. Continue with A)

b
[05] Stop running-belt Running belt stops.
(Deceleration time can be adjusted in the optional
functions)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 44 of 176
operation
[5.B6] Possibilities of interfering into the profile mode manually

A Profile can be changed on-line, but not in the memory location. For personal profiles use test-profiles no. 21 – 24

Initiation: Operational mode: Profile, running-belt is moving.

[5.B6] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Alteration of speed Speed is being increased / reduced (0-max.) as long as
the key get pressed. If SPEED is being reduced down to
press and hold „0“ = PAUSE-position. Current values will be sustained.

Alteration of the speed is only online for this single step.


The speed can not be changed in the memory. Next
program step as in the profile definied.

c
[02] Alteration of acceleration and Example: For acceleration or deceleration level “3”,
deceleration of speed press 3 times the corresponding key and then hold.
press several times Note: Maximum 7 levels, limited by the maximum
and then hold acceleration level selected in the Optional Mode /
standard value = 4.
= indicates: "PAUS". Running belt stops. All
a
[03] Pause Mode = Interfere a
program step displays stop. Current values will be sustained.
When restart with d or c all display values will be
added.

f or e
[04] Alteration of elevation Elevation is being increased / reduced (0-max.) as long
as the key get pressed.
press and hold
Alteration of the elevation is only online for this single
step. The elevation can not be changed in the memory.
Next program step as in the profile definied.
[05] Switch over to the next program
step or one program step back.
c Jump over to the next program step, or jump to the
previous program step.
and simultaneous

e or f
[06] Switch over to the next mode or
one mode
c Jump over to the next mode, or jump to the previous
Mode. This is a perfect way to change to other modes
and simultaneous without stop of the belt. For example to start manual

a or d mode for a "cool-down" period without stop of the belt

For a better documentation we recommend to use a printer linked to the serial interface or/and to use an external PC with the
Software h/p/cosmos para graphics®.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 45 of 176
operation
[5.B7] Profile outline

Profile 1-3: time dependent, without elevation


Profile 4-6: time dependent, with elevation
As an optional feature with some models on memory location 30...99 additional program profiles may be included.

The following chart contains the standard values, if the profiles have not been scaled. Activation of the scaling
function see chapter “optional functions”.

= = ! $
[5.B7] profile 1
m/sec km/h min %
Endurance interval for beginners

Warming up 1.8 6.5 4.0 0.0


High 1 2.5 9.0 0.5 0.0
Low 1 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 2 2.5 9.0 0.5 0.0
Low 2 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 3 2.5 9.0 0.5 0.0
Low 3 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 4 2.5 9.0 0.5 0.0
Low 4 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 5 2.5 9.0 0.5 0.0
Low 5 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 6 2.5 9.0 0.5 0.0
Low 6 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
25 min

= = ! $
profile 2
m/sec km/h min %
Endurance interval standard

Warming up 2.0 7.2 5.0 0.0


High 1 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 1 2.0 7.2 2.0 0.0
High 2 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 2 2.0 7.2 2.0 0.0
High 3 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 3 2.0 7.2 2.0 0.0
High 4 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 4 2.0 7.2 2.0 0.0
25 min

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 46 of 176
operation

= = ! $
[5.B7] profile 3
m/sec km/h min %
Progressive intervall
Warming up 2.8 10.1 4.0 0.0
High 1 3.2 11.5 2.0 0.0
Low 1 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 2 3.6 13.0 1.0 0.0
Low 2 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 3 4.0 14.4 1.0 0.0
Low 3 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 4 3.6 13.0 1.0 0.0
Low 4 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 5 3.2 11.5 1.0 0.0
Low 5 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 6 3.2 11.5 1.0 0.0
Low 6 2.8 10.1 4.0 0.0
25 min

= = ! $
profile 4
m/sec km/h min %
Endurance intervall for beginners
Warming up 1.8 6.5 4.0 0.0
High 1 2.5 9.0 0.5 5.0
Low 1 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 2 2.5 9.0 0.5 10.0
Low 2 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 3 2.5 9.0 0.5 10.0
Low 3 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 4 2.5 9.0 0.5 10.0
Low 4 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 5 2.5 9.0 0.5 10.0
Low 5 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
High 6 2.5 9.0 0.5 10.0
Low 6 1.8 6.5 3.0 0.0
25 min

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 47 of 176
operation

= = ! $
[5.B7] profile 5
m/sec km/h min %
Endurance interval standard
Warming up 2.0 7.2 5.0 5.0
High 1 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 1 2.0 7.2 2.0 10.0
High 2 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 2 2.0 7.2 2.0 10.0
High 3 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 3 2.0 7.2 2.0 10.0
High 4 2.5 9.0 3.0 0.0
Low 4 2.0 7.2 2.0 10.0
25 min

= = ! $
profile 6
m/sec km/h min %
Progressive intervall / elevation
Warming up 2.8 10.1 4.0 0.0
High 1 3.2 11.5 2.0 10.0
Low 1 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 2 3.6 13.0 1.0 7.5
Low 2 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 3 4.0 14.4 1.0 5.0
Low 3 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 4 3.6 13.0 1.0 7.5
Low 4 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 5 3.2 11.5 1.0 5.0
Low 5 2.8 10.1 2.0 0.0
High 6 3.2 11.5 1.0 5.0
Low 6 2.8 10.1 4.0 0.0
25 min

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 48 of 176
operation
[5.B8] Cardio mode – general notes

Heart rate controlled work load („pulse-control“ cardio-training)

N Pay attention to all safety instructions and warnings in the instruction manual.
N Stop training immediately if feeling sick or dizzy, pain or in case of any other health
problem and see your doctor.
N In the case of detected or suspected interference of the wireless heart rate transmission
do not use the cardio mode.
N The operation of the cardio mode is forbidden, if the health and the condition of the test
person / patient do not allow it and a doctor has not authorized these loads. Disregard may
cause injuries and dangerous health problems.
N At automatic and cardio operation the test person / patient and supervisory staff have to
impropriate exact knowledge about the expected loads before starting and anticipate an
automatic load alternation (speed, acceleration, decelaration, elevation and STOP) at any
time. It is necessary to meet the appropriate higher and reasonable safety precautions.

[5.B9] Cardio mode - Field of application / control

The Cardio Mode controls the running machine so that the heart rate of the subject stays within a predefined zone.
Therefore the subject has to wear a corresponding chest belt.

Adjust the belt length so that the belt fits


tightly but does not confine you. The belt
should not loosen while exercising. Close the
belt with transmitter placed outwards
(POLAR-Logo in right position).

In order to allow an optimal skin contact the


skin should be moist. Contact gel, as used for
ECG, is an excellent solution. Moisten the
two electrodes and the skin with water or
contact gel, which is available at chemistries.

Place the transmitter so that it is right below the pectoral muscle (chest), as is shown in the illustration above. For
ca. 95 ... 98 % of the subjects the "normal" placement of the transmitter belt is recommended.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 49 of 176
operation
The following parameters can be programmed:
N The desired max. heart rate (pulse) during the training
N The desired min. heart rate (pulse) during the training
N The max. allowed speed for the cardio mode. (Elevation can be set manually online during the exercise)

The running machine starts with the starting speed. In order to keep the heart rate within the pre-selected heart
rate zone, the machine increases or decreases the speed automatically if necessary.

The speed will not exceed the max. defined speed. If the max. speed has been obtained and the heart rate of the
subject is still below the target zone, the elevation will be increased to achieve the right target hart rate of the
subject. On the other hand, if the max. Heart-Rate has been reached in order to give the subject relief, first the
elevation and then the speed is going to be reduced.

If the running machine does not receive a heart rate signal when starting the cardio mode it will start with the set
starting speed and does not alter this speed. Every 30 seconds a warning signal is audible, after 1 minute the
running machine cancels the mode (at MCU5 firmware-versions < V1.03.1 or MCU4 firmware-versions < V4.04.2
the running machine cancels after 2 minutes). If the heart rate signal fails during the operation in the cardio mode
the running machine will run in the actual set speed and angle of inclination. In this case beeper allert signal will be
activated every 30 seconds. The running machine will run down speed to 2 km/h and the mode will be terminated
after 1 minute (at MCU5 firmware-versions < V1.03.1 or MCU4 firmware-versions < V4.04.2 the running machine
chancels after 2 minutes).

max. speed (km/h) Control


2 ... max. Speed control first. After having reached the speed, which is maximally
allowed, the elevation will be controlled.

Examples:
a) Set max. speed 4.0 km/h if you want the subject only to walk and to control the load by means of elevation.
b) Set max. speed 20.0 km/h if you want the subject to control the load by means of speed only without elevation.

Chart for heart rate controlled work load at the heart rate lower level
Heart rate difference actual > < set value Speed Elevation Time
0 ... 5 0.2 km/h 0.1 % 25 Seconds
5.1 ... 15 0.4 km/h 0.2 % 25 Seconds
15.1 ... 30 0.6 km/h 0.4 % 25 Seconds
30.1 ... 50 0.8 km/h 0.8 % 20 Seconds
> 50 1.0 km/h 1.0 % 20 Seconds

Chart for heart rate controlled work load at the heart rate upper level
Heart rate difference actual > < set value Speed Elevation Time
0 ... 5 0.3 km/h 0.3 % 12 Seconds
5.1 ... 15 0.8 km/h 0.8 % 12 Seconds
15.1 ... 30 1.0 km/h 1.0 % 10 Seconds
30.1 ... 50 1.5 km/h 1.2 % 8 Seconds
> 50 2.0 km/h 1.6 % 7 Seconds

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 50 of 176
operation
[5.B10] Cardio mode – Operation

The Cardio-Training cannot be performed without a POLAR chest belt and transmitter.

Initiation: Running-Belt is not moving. One of the modes LED ~ is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[5.B10] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Select operational mode cardio Alteration of the mode (manual, profile, cardio, test) until
~ cardio is flashing
~ cardio is glowing
c
[02] Confirm operational cardio
mode ~ speed max. is glowing
= indicates 6.0 is (for max. speed during cardio
mode). This default value (here 6.0) can be changed in
the optional functions
~ % is glowing
~ energy is glowing

a or d = indicates flashing: 2.0 ... max. speed of the


[03] Change max. speed for Cardio
mode running machine (for max. allowed speed during cardio
mode)

Examples:
a) Set max. Speed 4.0 if you want the subject only to
walk and to control the load by means of elevation.

b) Set max. Speed 20.0 if you want the subject to control


the load by means of speed only without elevation.
~ cardio is glowing
c
[04] Confirm max. speed for cardio
mode ~ speed max. is glowing
= indicates 2.0 ... max. speed of the machine (for
max. allowed speed during cardio mode)
~ years is glowing
% indicates flashing: 35 (for the subject's age)
~ years is glowing
a or d
[05] Select personal age
% indicates flashing: 0 ... 100(for the age), from
Firmware V3.02.4: 18 ... 100

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 51 of 176
operation
~ Ï is glowing
c
[5.B10] [06] Confirm personal age
% indicates flashing the suggested max. level of the
heart rate. Calculated with the formula: 180 minus age

Important: According to your health condition and


according to the advises of your medical doctor you
can/must change this level. If no changes required
confirm the value with c
~ Ï is glowing
a or d
[07] Change upper level of heart rate
% indicates flashing max. level of the heart rate

~ Ð is glowing
c
[08] Confirm upper level of heart rate
% indicates flashing the suggested min. level of the
heart rate. Calculated with the formula: max. level of
heart rate minus 10
~ Ð is glowing
a or d
[09] Change lower level of heart rate
% flashing min. level of the heart rate

c
[10] Confirm lower level of heart rate Running belt starts from 0 up to a speed of 2 km/h
and start of the running-belt ~ cardio is glowing
Ð or Ï is glowing, indicating that the present heart rate
is too low or too high
% indicates present Heart Rate: P. 40 ... P. 220. The
display indicates every single heartbeat with a flashing
dot behind the “P”. Speed and elevation of the running
machine is controlled automatically (see separate table).

b
[11] Stop running belt Running belt stops.
(Deceleration time can be adjusted in the optional
functions)

For a better documentation we recommend to use a printer linked to the serial interface RS232 or/and to use an external PC
with the Software h/p/cosmos para graphics®.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 52 of 176
operation
[5.B11] Possibilities of interfering with the Cardio Mode manually

Initiation: Operational mode: Cardio. Running belt is moving.

[5.B11] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d = indicates 0 ... max. speed of the machine


[01] Alteration of speed

(for max. allowed speed during cardio mode) as long as


press and hold the key get pressed.

Alteration of the Speed


Examples:
automatically changes the
a) Set max. Speed 4.0 if you want the subject only to
allowed max. speed during
walk and to control the load by means of elevation.
Cardio Mode
b) Set max. Speed 20.0 if you want the subject to control
the load by means of speed only without elevation.

N Speed is being increased / reduced (0-max.).


N If SPEED is being reduced down to „0“ = PAUSE-
position:
= indicates: PAUS. Current values will be
sustained.

a = indicates: "PAUS". Running belt stops. All


[02] Pause mode -
Interfere the cardio mode displays stop. Current values will be sustained.
When restart with d or c all display values will be
"added".
Elevation is being increased / reduced (0-max.) as long
f or e
[03] Alteration of elevation
as the key get pressed.
Important: Alteration of the elevation can have impact on
press and hold
the heart rate of the subject and therefore can result in
compensation via automatic speed control.
~ Ï is glowing
c
[04] Changing the max. level of heart
rate % indicates the max. Ï level of the heart rate /
and simultaneous the min. Ð level of the heart rate is automatically
changed within the selected range.
e or f
c
[05] Switch over to the next mode or Jump over to the next mode to the previous mode. This
one mode back is a perfect way to change to other modes without stop
and simultaneous of the running belt. For example to start manual mode
for a "cool-down" period without stop of the belt.
a or d

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 53 of 176
operation
[5.B12] Test mode and free program profiles – General notes

N Some test profiles (e.g. CONCONI-test, STEP-test, COOPER-test, etc.) are endurance tests (max. load and
max. heart rate tests) and should only be performed after consultation of a medical doctor and under
supervision of trained staff.
N Proper warm-up and cool-down periods have to be considered.
N Use a safety harness with a safe chest belt system (optional equipment) for the subject when making max.
load and max. heart rate tests.

[5.B13] Test profiles / Field of application

Test mode can perform several different (pre-defined and self defined) tests. Information about the tests can be
found in the enclosure. The UKK walk test (No 1) is the only test where the running machine makes a calculation
and an evaluation (Fitness Index). All other test profiles only make the load control. There is no automatic
evaluation done by the running machine. The evaluation has to be done by host equipment (e.g. ECG,
Ergospirometry, etc.) or external PC Software (e.g. POLAR Analysis Software).

[5.B13] Test no. Description test / profil Comment / Programing

1 UKK 2-km walk test Fitness test with evaluation and display of fitness index. Walk
(UKK-Institute Tampere/Finland) for 2km as fast as you can. After 2km the fitness index is
indicated.
2 Graded test Endurance test (max. Load Test) with the parameters
N Start speed
N Step length in min:sec.
N Increment / Step height
N Accelereration level
N Break time in min:sec
(e.g. for determination of anaerobic threshold by means of
taking blood samples during the load-brakes and lactate
analysis with external lactate analysing equipment.

Standard load profile:


N Start speed: 8.0 km/h, must be changed according the
conditions of the subject
N Step length: 3 min. (can be changed)
N Increment: 2.0 km/h (can be changed)
N Acceleration level: 4 (adjustable from 1 to 5)
N Break time: 30 sec. (can be changed)

STOP must be activated manually by the medical doctor.

Continuation next page ...

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 54 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 2 Graded test Continuation ...

In an already pre-defined step-test it is possible, to set the pre-


programmed pause-times individually during the test, i.e. the
pause can be prolonged or ended immediately.

End pause manually:


Once the test profile has reached the pause mode and the
running belt has come to halt, you can select the next program
step immediately with START – either with warning sound
signals at the beginning by pressing START once or without by
pressing START twice. This is done independently of the pre-
defined pause-times and has no influence on the following run
of the program, i.e. the following program steps remain
unaffected. By pressing the START button the next speed
step scheduled is started. The pause can also be ended with
the „+“ button. In this case the speed set depends on the point
of release of the „+“ button.

Prolong pause:
Once the test profile has reached the pause mode and the
running belt has come to halt, it is possible to freeze pause
with the „-“ button.
= indicates: „PAUS“
To end pause you can either press START or „+“ - see end
pause manually.
3 Conconi test Endurance test (max. heart rate test)
e.g. for determination of anaerobic threshold via Standard load profile:
heart rate curve of the subject N Starting speed: 8.0 km/h, must be changed according the
conditions of the subject
N Circuit (lap length): 200m (can be changed)
N Increment: 0.5 km/h (can be changed)

STOP must be activated manually by the medical doctor when


the subject is fully exhausted.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 55 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 4 Bruce protocol Step Duration Speed Elevation

e.g. for ECG stress test 1 3:00 min 2.7 km/h 10 %


2 4.0 km/h 12 %
3 5.4 km/h 14 %
4 6.7 km/h 16 %
5 8.0 km/h 18 %
6 8.8 km/h 20 %
7 9.6 km/h 22 %

5 Naughton protocol Step Duration Speed Elevation

e.g. for ECG stress test 1 3:00 min 3.0 km/h 0.0 %
2 3.5 %
3 7.0 %
4 10.5 %
5 14.0 %
6 17.5 %

6 Balke protocol Step Duration Speed Elevation

e.g. for ECG stress test 1 2:00 min 5.0 km/h 2.5 %
2 5.0 %
3 7.5 %
4 10.0 %
5 12.5 %
6 15.0 %
7 17.5 %
8 20.0 %
9 22.5 %
10 * 25.0 %
* running machines with sizes 150/50 cm max. 24%
7 Cooper protocol N Start at 5.3 km/h and 0% elevation
e.g. for ECG stress test N after 1 minutes: elevation increase to 2 %
N after another minute the elevation will be increased by
1% every minute
N when elevation is 25%: elevation stays constant and the
speed is going to be increased by 0.32 km/h every minute

STOP must be activated manually by the medical doctor when


the subject is fully exhausted

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 56 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 8 Ellestad A Protokoll Step Duration Speed Elevation

e.g. for ECG stress test 1 3:00 min 2.7 km/h 10.0 %
2 4.8 km/h
3 6.4 km/h
4 8.0 km/h

9 Ellestad B Protokoll Step Duration Speed Elevation

e.g. for ECG stress test 1 3:00 min 2.7 km/h 10.0 %
2 4.8 km/h 10.0 %
3 6.4 km/h 10.0 %
4 8.0 km/h 10.0 %
5 8.0 km/h 15.0 %
6 9.6 km/h 15.0 %

10 Ramp profile Ramp profile with 2 parameters:


(not for all models available) N Target speed: Standard: 10.0 km/h; adjustable from 0 to
maximum speed of the treadmill.
N Time for reaching target speed in seconds: Standard:
10 seconds; adjustable from 0 to 99 seconds

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 57 of 176
operation
The „Gardner Testprotocol“
[5.B13] 11 Step Duration Speed Elevation Total Time
for application Angiology.
min:sec min:sec

The Gardner Testprotocol serves for evaluation of Pre-Testphase. Patient standing on the footboards, not on the
the maximum walking distance of Peripheral belt
Arterial Disease Patients with Intermittent
Claudication. 0 until 3.2 km/h 0 until START
The test has to be performed under permanent is pressed
START
supervision of a doctor and a fall prevention is pressed
system (e.g. safety arch with chest belt) has to be
used. Testphase. Patient steps onto the running belt.
1 02:00 3.2 km/h 0 2:00
The patient first stands on the side-footboards of
the running machine and not on the belt. Start test 2 02:00 3.2 km/h 2 4:00
profile 11 and the belt speeds up to 3.2 km/h. As 3 02:00 3.2 km/h 4 6:00
the patient steps on the running belt the doctor
press the START key again and by pressing the 4 02:00 3.2 km/h 6 8:00
START key the second time the displays will be 5 02:00 3.2 km/h 8 10:00
reset to zero.
After completing the test the results can be printed 6 02:00 3.2 km/h 10 12:00
on a host printer, if connected to the interface of 7 02:00 3.2 km/h 12 14:00
the running machine directly.
8 02:00 3.2 km/h 14 16:00
9 02:00 3.2 km/h 16 18:00
10 02:00 3.2 km/h 18 20:00
11 30:00 3.2 km/h 18 50:00

12 - 20 not engaged / reserved for following extensions and up-dates


21 - 28 free definable user profiles max. 40 Program steps / not scaleable

Additional profiles in the test mode from firmware 3.02.3 – only optionally selectable, locked by default

[5.B13] 70 Training Step Distance/time Speed Elevation Acceleration


Interval 600 m / 14.5 ... 17.5 km/h 1 600 m 14.5 km/h 0% 3
2 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
3 600 m 15.5 km/h
4 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
5 600 m 16.5 km/h
6 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
7 600 m 17.5 km/h
8 1:30 min 0.0 km/h

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 58 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 71 Training Step Distance/time Speed Elevation Acceleration

Interval 500 m / 15.0 ... 19.0 km/h 1 500 m 15.0 km/h 0% 3


2 1:15 min 0.0 km/h
3 500 m 16.0 km/h
4 1:15 min 0.0 km/h
5 500 m 17.0km/h
6 1:15 min 0.0 km/h
7 500 m 18.0 km/h
8 1:15 min 0.0 km/h
9 500 m 19.0 km/h
10 1:15 min 0 km/h
72 Training Step Distance/Time Speed Elevation Acceleration

Interval 400 m / 16.0 ... 21.0 km/h 1 400 m 16.0 km/h 0% 3


2 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
3 400 m 17.0 km/h
4 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
5 400 m 18.0 km/h
6 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
7 400 m 19.0 km/h
8 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
9 400 m 20.0 km/h
10 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
11 400 m 21.0 km/h
12 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
73 Training Step Distance/Time Speed Elevation Acceleration

Interval 300 ... 600 m 1 600 m 15.0 km/h 0% 3


15.0 ... 21.0 km/h – Pyramid 2 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
3 500 m 17.0 km/h
4 1:15 min 0.0 km/h
5 400 m 19.0 km/h
6 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
7 300 m 21.0 km/h
8 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
9 300 m 21.0 km/h
10 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
11 400 m 19.0 km/h
12 1:00 min 0.0 km/h
13 500 m 17.0 km/h
14 1:15 min 0.0 km/h
15 600 m 15.0 km/h
16 1:30 min 0.0 km/h

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 59 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 74 Training Step Distance/Time Speed Elevation Acceleration
Interval 300 ... 600 m 1 600 m 15.0 km/h 0% 3
15.0 ... 21.0 km/h 2 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
3 300 m 21.0 km/h
4 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
5 600 m 15.0 km/h
6 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
7 300 m 21.0 km/h
8 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
9 600 m 15.0 km/h
10 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
11 300 m 21.0 km/h
12 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
13 600 m 15.0 km/h
14 1:30 min 0.0 km/h
15 300 m 21.0 km/h
16 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
75 Training Step Distance/Time Speed Elevation Acceleration
Interval 300 m / 20.0 km/h 1 300 m 20.0 km/h 0% 3
2 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
3 300 m 20,0 km/h
4 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
5 300 m 20.0 km/h
6 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
7 300 m 20.0 km/h
8 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
9 300 m 20.0 km/h
10 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
11 300 m 20.0 km/h
12 0:45 min 0.0 km/h
13 300 m 20,0 km/h
14 0:45 min 0,0 km/h
15 300 m 20,0 km/h
16 0:45 min 0,0 km/h

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 60 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 76 Walk-Protocol 13 Steps Step Distance/Time Speed Elevation Acceleration
1 01:00 min 1.8 km/h 0% 1
2 01:00 min 2.4 km/h
3 01:00 min 3.0 km/h
4 01:00 min 3.6 km/h
5 01:00 min 4.3 km/h
6 01:00 min 4.9 km/h
7 01:00 min 5.5 km/h
8 01:00 min 6.1 km/h
9 01:00 min 6.7 km/h
10 01:00 min 7.3 km/h
11 01:00 min 7.9 km/h
12 01:00 min 8.5 km/h
13 03:00 min 1.8 km/h
77 - 79 not engaged / reserved for following extensions and up-dates
80 Profile VO2 / 10 k Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration

1 2:00 min 8.0 km/h 0% 1


2 2:00 min 10.0 km/h 0%
3 1:00 min 10.0 km/h 2%
4 1:00 min 10.0 km/h 4%
5 1:00 min 10.0 km/h 6%
6 1:00 min 10.0 km/h 8%
7 1:00 min 10.0 km/h 10 %
8 1:00 min 11.0 km/h 10 %
9 2:00 min 11.0 km/h 11 %
10 2:00 min 11.0 km/h 12 %
81 Profile VO2 / 11 k Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration

1 2:00 min 9.0 km/h 0% 1


2 2:00 min 11.0 km/h 0%
3 1:00 min 11.0 km/h 2%
4 1:00 min 11.0 km/h 4%
5 1:00 min 11.0 km/h 6%
6 1:00 min 11.0 km/h 8%
7 1:00 min 11.0 km/h 10 %
8 1:00 min 12.0 km/h 10 %
9 2:00 min 12.0 km/h 11 %
10 2:00 min 12.0 km/h 12 %

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 61 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 82 Profil VO2 / 12 k Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration

1 2:00 min 10,0 km/h 0% 1


2 2:00 min 12,0 km/h 0%
3 1:00 min 12,0 km/h 2%
4 1:00 min 12,0 km/h 4%
5 1:00 min 12,0 km/h 6%
6 1:00 min 12,0 km/h 8%
7 1:00 min 12,0 km/h 10 %
8 1:00 min 13,0 km/h 10 %
9 2:00 min 13,0 km/h 11 %
10 2:00 min 13,0 km/h 12 %
83 not engaged / reserved for following extensions and up-dates
84 Profile VO2 / 14 k Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration

1 2:00 min 12.0 km/h 0% 1


2 2:00 min 14.0 km/h 0%
3 1:00 min 14.0 km/h 2%
4 1:00 min 14.0 km/h 4%
5 1:00 min 14.0 km/h 6%
6 1:00 min 14.0 km/h 8%
7 1:00 min 14.0 km/h 10 %
8 1:00 min 15.0 km/h 10 %
9 2:00 min 15.0 km/h 11 %
10 2:00 min 15.0 km/h 12 %
85 Profile Super Balke Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration
1 1:00 min 6.0 km/h 4% 1
2 1:00 min 6%
3 1:00 min 8%
4 1:00 min 10 %
5 1:00 min 12 %
6 1:00 min 14 %
7 1:00 min 16 %
8 1:00 min 18 %
9 2:00 min 20 %
10 2:00 min 22 %
11 2:00 min 24 %
86 ... 89 not engaged / reserved for following extensions and up-dates
90 Test profile Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration
1 3:00 min 7.5 km/h 0% 1
2 7.5 km/h 3%
3 7.5 km/h 6%
4 8.0 km/h 6%
5 8.0 km/h 9%
6 8.0 km/h 12 %
7 8.0 km/h 15 %
8 8.0 km/h 18 %
9 8.0 km/h 21 %
10 8.0 km/h 24 %

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 62 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 91 Test profile Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration
1 3:00 min 9.0 km/h 0% 1
2 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
3 3:00 min 10.8 km/h
4 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
5 3:00 min 12.6 km/h
6 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
7 3:00 min 14.4 km/h
8 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
9 3:00 min 16.2 km/h
10 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
11 3:00 min 18.0 km/h
12 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
13 3:00 min 19.8 km/h
14 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
15 3:00 min 21.6 km/h
16 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
17 3:00 min 23.4 km/h
18 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
19 3:00 min 25.2 km/h
20 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
21 3:00 min 27.0 km/h
22 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
23 3:00 min 28.8 km/h
24 0:30 min 0.0 km/h
25 3:00 min 30.6 km/h

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 63 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 92 Test profile Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration

1 3:00 min 9.0 km/h 2% 1


2 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 2%
3 3:00 min 10.8 km/h 2%
4 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 2%
5 3:00 min 12.6 km/h 2%
6 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 2%
7 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 2%
8 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 4%
9 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 4%
10 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 6%
11 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 6%
12 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 8%
13 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 8%
14 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 10 %
15 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 10 %
16 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 12 %
17 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 12 %
18 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 14 %
19 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 14 %
20 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 16 %
21 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 16 %
22 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 18 %
23 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 18 %
24 0:30 min 0.0 km/h 20 %
25 3:00 min 14.4 km/h 20 %

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 64 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 93 Test profile Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration

1 2:30 min 8.7 km/h 3% 3


2 2:20 min 5.6 km/h 9% 1
3 0:10 min 7.8 km/h 5% 1
4 1:00 min 13.7 km/h 0% 1
5 1:00 min 9.4 km/h 0% 3
6 2:30 min 9.4 km/h 3% 3
7 2:20 min 6.3 km/h 9% 1
8 0:10 min 8.5 km/h 5% 1
9 1:00 min 14.4 km/h 0% 1
10 1:00 min 10.1 km/h 0% 3
11 2:30 min 10.1 km/h 3% 3
12 2:20 min 7.0 km/h 9% 1
13 0:10 min 9.2 km/h 5% 1
14 1:00 min 15.1 km/h 0% 1
15 1:00 min 10.8 km/h 0% 3
16 2:30 min 10.8 km/h 3% 3
17 2:20 min 7.7 km/h 9% 1
18 0:10 min 9.9 km/h 5% 1
19 1:00 min 15.8 km/h 0% 1
20 1:00 min 11.5 km/h 0% 3
21 2:30 min 11.5 km/h 3% 3
22 2:20 min 8.4 km/h 9% 1
23 0:10 min 10.6 km/h 5% 1
24 1:00 min 16.5 km/h 0% 1
25 1:00 min 12.2 km/h 0% 3
26 2:30 min 12.2 km/h 3% 3
27 2:20 min 9.1 km/h 9% 1
28 0:10 min 11.3 km/h 5% 1
29 1:00 min 17.2 km/h 0% 1
30 1:00 min 12.9 km/h 0% 3
31 2:30 min 12.9 km/h 3% 3
32 2:20 min 9.8 km/h 9% 1
33 0:10 min 12.0 km/h 5% 1
34 1:00 min 17.9 km/h 0% 1
35 1:00 min 13.6 km/h 0% 3
36 2:30 min 13.6 km/h 3% 3
37 2:20 min 10.5 km/h 9% 1
38 0:10 min 12.7 km/h 5% 1
39 1:00 min 18.6 km/h 0% 1
40 1:00 min 14.3 km/h 0% 3
41 2:30 min 14.3 km/h 3% 3
42 2:20 min 11.2 km/h 9% 1
43 0:10 min 13.4 km/h 5% 1
44 1:00 min 19.3 km/h 0% 1
45 1:00 min 15.0 km/h 0% 3

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 65 of 176
operation
[5.B13] 94 Test profile Step Duration Speed Elevation Acceleration
1 2:30 min 7.2 km/h 3.5 % 1
2 2:00 min 6.9 km/h 10.5 %
3 1:00 min 0.0 km/h 0%
4 1:00 min 7.8 km/h 10.5 %
5 1:00 min 8.1 km/h
6 1:00 min 8.4 km/h
7 1:00 min 8.6 km/h
8 0:45 min 8.9 km/h
9 0:45 min 9.2 km/h
10 0:45 min 9.4 km/h
11 0:30 min 9.5 km/h
12 0:30 min 9.6 km/h
13 0:30 min 9.8 km/h
14 0:30 min 9.9 km/h
15 0:10 min 10.1 km/h
16 0:10 min 10.2 km/h
17 0:10 min 10.4 km/h
18 0:10 min 10.5 km/h
19 0:10 min 10.7 km/h
20 0:10 min 10.8 km/h
21 0:10 min 10.9 km/h

For a better documentation we recommend to use a printer linked to the serial interface RS232 or/and to use an external PC
with the Software h/p/cosmos para graphics®.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 66 of 176
operation
[5.B14] Test mode - Operation

Initiation: running machine is in standby mode. ~ LED mode is flashing.

[5.B14] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Select mode test Selection of mode (manual, profile, cardio, test)
until ~ test is flashing

c
[02] Confirm mode test $ indicates program no. "Pr. 1 " is flashing

a or d $ indicates program no. „Pr. 1" ... "Pr. 24" is


[03] Select test number

flashing
~ No is glowing
No 01 ... 10 predefined
No 11 ... 20 reserved
No 21 ... 28 user defined (free programmable profiles)

c
[04] Confirm test program Display and reaction depend on the selected type of
program / test profile

b
[05] Stop test program and running- Running-Belt stops.
belt (Deceleration time can be adjusted in the optional
functions)

[5.B15] The UKK 2 km walk test

The UKK 2km walk test (UKK are the initials for Urho Kaleka Kekkonen, founder of the UKK Institute in
Tampere/Finland) makes it possible under certain assumptions to determine the approximately max. cardio
respiratory efficiency (VO2 max) and therefore the physical condition of the subject. On the basis of this result a
fitness-index is calculated with the help of a complex formula taking age, height, weight, test duration and average
heart-rate into consideration, which tells us whether the physical condition of the subject is above or below
average. The value of 100 as the average serves as the base. If somebody's index-value is 90 then his physical
condition is slightly below average. An index-value of 110 on the other hand would be above average.

The test explains itself by its name. In order to perform the test after having done some warming up and some
stretching walk for 2 km as fast as possible (do not run). It is important to keep the walking speed as high as is
needed for the subject to achieve 80% of their max. heart rate ( 220 – age). The test duration and heart rate are
measured immediately after finishing the 2 km distance. At h/p/cosmos devices the heart rate is measured every
500m due to higher accuracy. For calculating the index value the average value of the 4 measured values is used.

As soon as the 2 km distance has been absolved the speed gets reduced to half the speed at the end of the test
(2000 m). The running machine operates as described under point "Manual-Mode" (the UP/DOWN-keys are in
operation again) with one exception: The display INDEX instead of indicating the wattage and energy
consumption, indicates the test result (calculation following). The LED INDEX is flashing (top right hand side).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 67 of 176
operation
The test-result is the index-value which is calculated as follows (according to sex):
Men INDEX VALUE = 420 + A x 0.2 – (T x 0.19338 + HR x 0.56 + [W : (H2) x 2.6])
Women INDEX VALUE = 304 + A x 0.4 – (T x 0.1417 + HR x 0.32 + [W : (H2) x 1.1])

Explanation
A (Age) = Age in years T (Time) = needed for 2 km in seconds
HR (Heart Rate) = average heart rate during the test in bpm W (Weight) = Weight in kg
H (Height) = Height in cm

Example: Age: 50 years / Weight: 105 kg / Height: 188 cm


Duration of test: 17:34 = 1054 seconds
Heart rate 500m = 158. 1000m = 156. 1500m = 160 and 2000m = 155
Average (158+156+160+155) : 4 = 157 bpm
Index value = 420+50x0.2–(1054x0.19338+157x0.56+(105:(1.882)x2.6)) =
420+10-(203.8+87.9+29.7x2.6)=430–368.9 = _61_

An index-value of less than 70 is a result quite below average (average=100). Conclusion: Our subject is in need
of some endurance training. Basically the test is suitable for all physically healthy persons between the age of 20
and 65. The results will be less accurate with people who are overweight. Athletes usually do not reach the
required heart rate when performing the test. The results will also be less accurate with elderly people.

Original the UKK walk test has not been designed for individual tests but for a larger amount of subjects. i.e.
testing of a crowd of people at the same time by sending them off in 1/2 minute intervals on the 2 km-distance
track. Therefore originally the UKK walk test has not been designed as a typical test for the running machine.

Advantages of performing the UKK walk test on the running machine:


N Being able to measure the precise time and distance of the test (it is exactly 2 km)
N Heart-Rate control during the test
N Constant supervision of the subject by a doctor or trainer possible
N Automatic display of the fitness-index and documentation with the help of either a printer or PC-connection

A serial printer or a PCL-printer with parallel/centronics plug und converter [cos10056] can be connected directly to
the h/p/cosmos running machine. Following data can be printed after the UKK walk test even without using any
PC: UKK fitness index, date, time, test duriation, distance, elevation, heart rate, age, sex, body-mass-index (BMI).
See also chapter optional equipment / accessories (interface / printer) in this manual.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 68 of 176
operation
[5.B16] Programing example: UKK walk test

Attention: Before start of the UKK walk test it is important to do some warm up exercise and you must have
already found your personal maximum walk-speed.

Initiation: running machine is in standby mode. ~ LED mode is flashing.

[5.B16] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Select Mode Test Selection of mode (manual, profile, cardio, test)
until ~ test is flashing

c
[02] Confirm Mode Test $ indicates program no. "Pr. 1 " is flashing

~ Sex is glowing
c
[03] Confirm test program no 1
UKK walk test % indicates sex: "M" (male) flashing
~ Sex is glowing
a or d
[04] Select female
% indicates sex: "F" (female) flashing
~ Age is glowing
c
[05] Confirm female
% indicates age: "35" flashing
~ Age is glowing
a or d
[06] Select age 30 years
% indicates age: "30" flashing
~ Weight is glowing
c
[07] Confirm 30 years
% indicates weight: "65" flashing
~ Weight is glowing
a or d
[08] Select weight 55 Kg
% indicates weight: "55" flashing

c % indicates height: "H175" flashing


[09] Confirm 55 Kg

a or d % indicates height: "H170" flashing


[10] Select height 170 cm

c
[11] Confirm 170 cm The running-machine starts
= indicates speed: "0.0" flashing

a or d % indicates indicates present heart rate


[12] Select personal max. walking-
speed
All other displays also indicate the present parameters.

In case % indicates: "P 0" flashing and at the same


time an acoustic signal appears, the running machine
cannot receive the heart rate of the subject. Check chest
belt system.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 69 of 176
operation
[5.B16] [13] 2000 meter walking. Walk Automatic reduction of speed to 50 % of the manually
fast as you can, but not running. selected maximum walking-speed after 2000 meters

~ INDEX is glowing
" indicates test result: Fitness index according the
UKK Research Institute
! indicates test result: total time for the 2000 meter

b
[14] Stop manually - End of the UKK 2 km Walk Test
after cool-down of approx.
5 min. and after notification of For a better documentation we recommend to use a
test result (Fitness index and printer linked to the serial interface RS232 or/and to use
time) an external PC with the Software h/p/cosmos para
graphics®.

[5.B17] Programming-example: free definable profile

Programming and correction of a free programmed test is possible in test mode „ Pr. 21" up to „Pr. 28". Starting a
free programmed test is also possible in test mode „Pr. 21" up to „Pr. 28". The below listed program profile is
supposed to be available on storage facility test mode "Pr. 21" and therefore it has to be created on test mode "Pr.
21" according to the below listed sequence of input.

Up to 40 program steps can be stored per program. In case there are more program steps required, ask for the
optional PC-Software h/p/cosmos para graphics® which is able to control all functions of the running machine via
host PC and also to serve for on-line monitoring of all data. During programming the displays indicate the values of
the present program step and not the value of the total distance or total time programmed so far for this profile.

In case of entering a false value, or in case you want to alternate a profile, you can "scroll" the profile steps with
the help of the keys e and f. With the help of the keys d and a you can alternate the values. During
programming procedure the display " indicates the acceleration level " Acc X " for the single program step.

During the short sprint (see below listed program step no. 4) the machine speeds up at acceleration level 4 and
reduces the speed at level 2 after the sprint distance of 200 meters. During programming procedure the display
% indicates the present program step " St X ".

Sequence Step no. Level Speed Distance Time Elevation


profile

= § ! $
Warming up 1 1 5.0 km/h 5:00 min. 0%
Speed increase 2 1 8.0 km/h 2:30 min. 0%
Acceleration

Easy up-hill run 3 1 8.0 km/h 4:00 min. 5%


Sprint with fast acceleration 4 4 16.0 km/h 200 m 0%
Cool-down 5 2 6.0 km/h 5:00 min. 0%
Stop 6 1 0.0 km/h 0:00 min. 0%

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 70 of 176
operation
Initiation: Running-Machine is in standby mode. ~ LED mode is flashing.

[5.B17] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Select Mode Test Selection of mode (manual, profile, cardio, test)
until ~ test is flashing

c
[02] Confirm Mode Test $ indicates program no. "Pr. 1 " is flashing

a or d $ indicates program no.: " Pr. 21" is flashing


[03] Select program no.

until display "Pr. 21


" is flashing

c = indicates speed: Value "0.0" is flashing


[04] Confirm program no.

% indicates program step:" St. 1 "


for at least 5 sec.

a or d
[05] Select speed 5.0 km/h

c § indicates distance: Value "0" is flashing


[06] Confirm speed

c
[07] Conform distance 0 - ! indicates time (minutes): Value "0:00" is flashing
(this step will be programmed
after time)

a or d
[08] Select time 5 minutes

c ! indicates time (seconds): Value "5:00" is flashing


[09] Confirm time

c
[10] Confirm time - 00 seconds $ indicates elevation: Value "0.0" is flashing

c
[11] Confirm elevation 0 % " indicates acceleration level: "Acc. 1" is flashing

c = indicates speed: Value "0.0" is flashing


[12] Confirm acceleration level 1

% indicates program step: " St. 2

a or d
[13] Select speed 8.0 km/h

c § indicates distance: Value "0" is flashing


[14] Confirm speed

c
[15] Confirm distance 0 (this step will ! indicates time (minutes): Value "0:00" is flashing
be programmed after time)

a or d
[16] Select time 2 minutes

c
[17] Confirm time ! indicates time (seconds): Value "2:00" is flashing

a or d
[18] Select time 30 seconds

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 71 of 176
operation

c
[5.B17] [19] Confirm time $ indicates elevation: Value "0.0" is flashing

c
[20] Confirm elevation 0 % " indicates acceleration level: "Acc. 1" is flashing

c = indicates speed: Value "0.0" is flashing


[21] Confirm acceleration level 1

% indicates program step:" St. 3 "

a or d
[22] Select speed 8.0 km/h

c
[23] Confirm speed § indicates distance: Value "0" is flashing

c
[24] Confirm distance 0 (this step will ! indicates time (minutes): Value "0:00" is flashing
be programmed after time)

a or d
[25] Select time 4 minutes

c
[26] Confirm time ! indicates time (seconds): Valuet "4:00" is flashing

c
[27] Confirm time 00 seconds $ indicates elevation: Value "0.0" is flashing

a or d
[28] Select elevation 5 %

c
[29] Confirm elevation 5 % " indicates acceleration level: "Acc. 1" is flashing

= indicates speed: Value "0.0" is flashing


c
[30] Confirm acceleration level 1
% indicates program step:" St. 4 "

a or d
[31] Select speed 16.0 km/h

c
[32] Confirm speed § indicates distance: Value "0" is flashing

a or d
[33] Select distance 200 m (this step
will be programmed after time)

c
[34] Confirm distance $ indicates den elevation: Value "0" is flashing

c
[35] Confirm elevation 0 % " indicates acceleration level: "Acc. 1" is flashing

a or d
[36] Select acceleration level 4

c = indicates speed: Value "0.0" is flashing


[37] Confirm acceleration level

% indicates program step:" St. 5 "

a or d
[38] Select der Speed 6.0 km/h

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 72 of 176
operation

c
[5.B17] [39] Confirm speed § indicates distance: Value "0" is flashing

c
[40] Confirm distance 0 (this step will ! indicates time (minutes): Value "0:00" is flashing
be programmed after time)

a or d
[41] Select time 5 minutes

c
[42] Confirm time ! indicates time (seconds): Value "5:00" is flashing

c
[43] Confirm time 00 seconds $ indicates elevation: Value "0.0" is flashing

c
[44] Confirm elevation 0 % " indicates acceleration level: "Acc. 1" is flashing

a or d
[45] Select acceleration level In this program step the speed will be reduced from 16
("deceleration") 2. km/h to 6 km/h at an acceleration level "2”
= indicates speed: Value "0.0" is flashing
c
[46] Confirm acceleration level
% indicates program step:" St. 6 "

c
[47] Confirm stop-speed 0 km/h and End of Programming.
for more
save program file
The profile can be started later on in test mode Pr. 21
than 5 seconds

For a better documentation we recommend to use a printer linked to the serial interface RS 232 or/and to use an external PC
with the Software h/p/cosmos para graphics®.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 73 of 176
operation
[5.B18] Possibilities of interfering in test mode manually

Initiation: Operational mode: test, running-belt is moving.

[5.B18] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a or d
[01] Alteration of speed Speed is being increased / reduced (0-max.) as long as
key get pressed. If SPEED is being reduced down to „0“
press and hold = PAUSE-position:
= indicates: PAUS. Current values will be
sustained. Only valid for the actual program step, no
alteration in the memory. Next program step as in the
profile defined.

f or e
[02] Alteration of elevation Elevation is being increased / reduced (0-max.) as long
as key get pressed. Only valid for the actual program
press and hold step, no alteration in the memory. Next program step as
Not activated in every test
in the profile definied.
[03] Alteration of acceleration level Press several times Example: For acceleration or deceleration level “3”,

c
press 3 times the corresponding key and then hold.
Note: Maximum 7 levels, limited by the maximum
(only during increase or
acceleration level selected in the Optional Mode /
decrease of speed)
standard value = 4. During deceleration this function
alternates the degree of deceleration.
[04] Switch over to the next program
step or one program step back
c Jump over to the next program step or jump to the
previous program step
(not activated in every test). and simultaneous

e or f
[05] Switch over to the next mode or
one mode back
c Jump over to the next mode or to the previous mode.
This is a perfect way to change from test mode to
(not activated in every test) and simultaneous manual mode (cool down) without stop of the belt.

a or d
For a better documentation we recommend to use a printer linked to the serial interface RS 232 or/and to use an external PC
with the Software h/p/cosmos para graphics®.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 74 of 176
optional settings
Optional settings
[6.]

[6.A] Settings of control and display options

Optional settings serve for example as an acknowledgement of error notes on the display, or for the standard setting of
the device: selection of RS232 interface protocol, etc.

Remark for devices without UserTerminal: For optional settings on devices without UserTerminal an external
UserTerminal or a connected PC with the software h/p/cosmos para control® is required.

[6.A1] Select user options

Initiation: running belt is not moving. One of the modes LED ~ is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[6.A1] Step no. Activity Keys Response / Display

a = indicates: OP 01 flashing (for option no. 01)


[01] Select option mode (OPxx) for
users – the option mode for
! and " indicating: E.rE SEt (for error reset)
administrators is only accessible and simultaneuosly
for authorised service
technicians, not for users
d
and simultaneuosly

b
for at least 3
seconds.

a or d = indicates: OP 01 ... OP 53 flashing (for option no.


[02] Select option no.

01 ... 53)
! and " indicate: a short explanation of the
option, e.g.: E.rE SEt (for Error reset)

c
[03] Confirm option no. Read, confirm and set options according to the following
option list. All adjustable values are going to be shown
flashing. All non-adjustable values are not going to be
shown flashing.

c
Example: OP 01 (OIL & other Display indicates: donE (confirmation)
error codes): Confirmation &
deleting by pressing:

c
Example: OP 02 (Distance /
km): Confirmation by pressing

a or d
Example: OP 08
a)
(STOP-time/ "slow-down-time"):

b) c
a) change value by pressing
b) confirm value by pressing

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 75 of 176
optional settings

[6.A2] List of user options / optional functions

For devices without UserTerminal: An external UserTerminal or PC software h/p/cosmos para control® is required
to control the running machine via RS232 interface.

[6.A2] Option Description Comment / Display


OP01 Setting back (deleting) of error The required maintenance work has to be performed before deleting
messages error messages. The h/p/cosmos service department has to be
contacted before one of the service displays or error codes will be
deleted!

Confirmation in display § indicating "donE"


Info: This option only sets back the error message! If the error still
exists, you are not able to set back the error message. In this case
consult an authorised service engineer

The following intervals are set back by this operation:


E.01: Oil-interval A-OP 35
E.02: Service-time-interval A-OP 37
E.02: Service-distance-intervall A-OP 38

Note: This option resets exclusively the causing variable. If for


example the E.02 service-time-interval is being set back with this
operation, the distance-interval is not set back and vice versa! Only
Administrator-option OP 47 resets all three values implicitly!
OP02 Total distance covered (km) § and $ indicates: total distance covered in km
% indicates km
OP03 Indication of total hours of operation (h) § and $ show: operation hours
= stand-by-time including runtime of
% reports: h
motor/ running belt

OP04 Indication of total hours of operation (h) § and $ report: operation hours
= runtime of motor/running belt
% shows: h

OP05 Indication of Firmware-Version and date = reports “OP05” ! reports “typE”


" indicates device type, e.g. “1.4”
§ indicates: „MCU 5“ $ reports version, e.g. “1.01.1”
% reports default type, e.g. 1.3
OP06 Adjustment of actual date and the real ! shows: rtc for Real Time Clock
time clock
$ reports flashing: date / time, year, month, date, hours, minutes,
seconds

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 76 of 176
optional settings
[6.A2] OP07 Acoustic heart rate signal This function is normally used to control the regularity of the heart rate
or to find reasons for transmitting problems (like mobile phones or
computer monitors).
§ indicates: OFF or ON
OFF: No acoustic heart-rate-signal
ON: Acoustic heart-rate-signal for every beat
OP08 Stop Time / Deceleration Time after § indicates: Stop time in sec.
STOP key in relation to the max. speed
$ indicates: sec for seconds
Adjustable from 2.... 30 seconds
OP09 Start Speed (Modus Manual and Cardio) = indicates: Start speed in km/h
for feedback after START key has been ~ max blinking
pressed. ~ set unit is blinking
This value can be reduced to 0.0 km/h Adjustable from 0.0 km/h ... 5.0 km/h
for advanced users.
OP11 Scaling of the profiles in profile mode § shows: scaling possibilities
(not for mode test) 0: no scaling (standard)
1: Scaling 1...6, which is shown in the mode profile at the display
INDEX, refers to all parameters (speed, elevation, time)

2: Scaling 1...6 occurs to each parameter (speed, elevation, time)


individually
OP12 Unit for display of speed = indicates: Unit for speed
... without decimal place:

3 = m/min
... with one decimal place:
0 = km/h 1 = m/s 2 = mph 23 = m/min
... with two decimal places:
20 = km/h 21 = m/s 22 = mph
~ km/h, m/s, mph or m/min is blinking
OP13 Unit for display of distance § indicates: Unit for distance
0 = km 1 = miles 2=m
~ m, km, or miles is blinking
OP14 Unit for angle of elevation $ indicates: Unit for elevation
0 = % (percent) 1 = ° (degree)
~ % or ° blinking
OP15 Subject's Body Weight (default value) § indicates: 10 ... 250 (estimated weight)
~ weight blinking
The personal body weight is necessary for a more correct calculation
(estimation) of the power and energy consumption.
.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 77 of 176
optional settings
[6.A2] OP16 Request for body weight before manual 0 = OFF. Request for body weight before starting a program is not
or automatic start required. Calculation of energy consumption and power is based on
the body weight entered in option no 15.
1 = ON. Input of body weight before starting a program is required.
Calculation of energy consumption and power is based on the entered
body weight.
OP17 Unit for energy consumption JOUL = kJoule is the unit for energy consumption

CALO = kcal is the unit for energy consumption


OP18 Maximum speed in Cardio mode (default = reports: 0.0 ... max
value) for the default value for maximum speed in the Cardio mode.
~ adjusted unit is blinking
(this option is only available for treadmill- ~ max. is blinking
ergometers, not for ladder-ergometers) The value of max. speed in Cardio mode can be changed online by
pressing d a
OP19 Setting of sender for polar W:I:N:D: 0000 0000 = all senders are accepted (can also be set with UP
system and DOWN)

xxxx xxxx = only specific sender with special ID is accepted


(must be set with d and a)

9999 9999 = next sender will be accepted, saved and filtered


(can also be set with UP and DOWN)

(further settings in user OP23 and administrator OP16 are necessary)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 78 of 176
optional settings
[6.A2] OP20 RS232 interface protocol: COM 1 § indicates flashing: number of the RS232 interface protocol
$ and % reports:
Various ECG and Ergospirometry
OFF = RS232 not active / no protocol / interface deactivated
systems support the h/p/cosmos coscom
1 = h/p/cosmos coscom v1, v2, v3 with Baudrate 9600 bps
protocol. Individual adaptation of
( standard setting COM 1 and COM 2)
protocol on request. For further
2 = JAEGER OXYCON (up to 1995); if available use: h/p/cosmos
information about the h/p/cosmos
coscom (= 1)
coscom protocol see www.coscom.org
3 = Printer protocol (serial printer or converter required)
4 = Free
We recommend to use the h/p/cosmos
5 = Pacer treadmill emulation (max. 12.7 km/h)
coscom protocol, as it provides a high
6 = MAX 1 (GE Marquette) EKG; if available use: h/p/cosmos
safety and functionality standard.
coscom (= 1)
7 = Trackmaster treadmill emulation in km/h
h/p/cosmos para control® and
8 = Trackmaster treadmill emulation in miles per hour
h/p/cosmos para graphics® exclusively
9 = custo card ECG (MS DOS-Version); if available use: h/p/cosmos
work with the h/p/cosmos coscom
coscom (= 1)
protocol.
10 = Loop Back Test (special test plug required, available at
h/p/cosmos)
For advanced h/p/cosmos coscom v3
11 = SunTech Tango blood pressure monitor
connections with Baudrate 115200
12 = Remote Control Hardware Terminal MCU 4
please select OP20=20 . Please note
(special hardware required)
that the connected peripherie/software
13 = Burdick T 500 treadmill emulation
must be approved for h/p/cosmos
14 = Burdick T 600 treadmill emulation
coscom v3 with Baudrate 115200 (for
17 = Chipcard reader Ergofit (special hardware required) – only
example h/p/cosmos para control 4.0).
available at MCU4 (all firmware versions)
or MCU5 firmware < v1.03.x
18 = Chipcard reader Proxomed (special hardware required) – only
available at MCU4 (all firmware versions) or MCU5 firmware <
v1.03.x
20 = h/p/cosmos coscom v3 with Baudrate 115200 bps
OP21 RS232 interface protocol: COM 2 See descriptions above

OP23 RS232 interface protocol COM 4 § indicates flashing: number of the RS232 interface protocol
$ and % reports:
OFF = RS232 not active / no protocol / interface deactivated
18 = Chip-card reader PROXOMED (special hardware required)
20 = h/p/cosmos coscom v3 / Baudrate 115200 bps
22 = Polar W:I:N:D: - System (weitere Einstellungen in Benutzer
Option OP19 und Administrator Option OP16)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 79 of 176
optional settings
[6.A2] OP27 Minimum acceleration and deceleration § blinking, reports the min. acceleration / deceleration for all
level modes and profiles (standard: level 1)
Level of settings: 1 ... 5 but not higher than the value in option 28. Due
The selected minimum level is valid for to safety reasons, the acceleration / deceleration levels 5, 6 and 7 can
all acceleration and deceleration not be selected. Note: The selected acceleration and deceleration level
processes in all modes and profiles. is NOT valid for control and operation via RS232-interface. In this case
the acceleration and deceleration level is set in option no. 29 resp. set
in the corresponding command of the h/p/cosmos coscom protocol.
OP28 Maximum acceleration and deceleration § blinking, reports the max. acceleration / deceleration for all
level modes and profiles (standard: level 4)
Note: Due to safety reasons, the acceleration / deceleration levels 5, 6
The selected maximum level is valid for and 7 can only be selected, if the safety of the subject is provided for
all acceleration and deceleration by the use of the respective fall prevention (e. g. by the safety arch).
processes in all modes and profiles The maximum acceleration and deceleration level is NOT valid for
control and operation via V24/RS232 interface. In this case the
acceleration and deceleration level is set in option no. 29 resp. set in
the corresponding command of the h/p/cosmos coscom protocol.
OP29 Standard- Acceleration and deceleration The selected acceleration and deceleration level is valid for control and
level for RS 232 interface operation via RS232 interface. This option is very helpful, if the
peripheral equipment (e.g. ECG, Ergospirometry, PC) does not offer a
menu for acceleration and deceleration levels.
§ blinking, reports: 1 ... 5, (Standard: 1) for the acceleration and
deceleration level for all speed commands via RS 232. The maximum
value adjustable depends on the setting of option 28.
Note: If the peripheral equipment sends an acceleration and
deceleration command via the h/p/cosmos coscom protocol, the
selected level in option number 29 is not valid for these speed
commands.
OP40 Locking and unlocking of the treadmill OFF = After switching on, the treadmill is completely locked / not
accessible. To unlock the treadmill, press the buttons +, - and START
together at the same time. While locked the display shows "no
ACCESS"
ON = treadmill is unlocked / accessible (standard)
OP41 Locking and unlocking the manual mode OFF = manual mode is locked / not accessible
ON = manual mode is unlocked / accessible (standard)
OP42 Locking and unlocking the profile mode OFF = profile mode is locked / not accessible
1 ... 6 = profile mode is unlocked / accessible up to the selected profile
number Standard: 6
Example: selected profile number = 3: The profiles 1-3 can be
selected, the profiles 4 – 6 can not be selected
OP43 Locking and unlocking the cardio mode OFF = cardio mode is locked / not accessible
ON = cardio mode is unlocked (standard)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 80 of 176
optional settings
[6.A2] OP44 Locking and unlocking the test mode OFF = test mode is locked / not accessible
1 ... 94 = test mode is unlocked / accessible up to the selected test
profile number Standard: 24
selected test number = 5: The test profiles 1-5 can be selected, the
test profiles 6 – 94 can not be selected
OP45 Report mode display „index“ 0 = Display automatically switches through (Default)
" 1 = Display permanently in MET
2 = Display permanently in KJ
3 = Display permanently in Watt
After total switch off the default value 0 will be valid again.
OP46 Report mode display „elevation“ $ 0 = Display automatically switches through (Default)
in „Profile“ and „Test“ mode 1 = Display permanently in % or degree (°), depending on OP14
2 = Display permanently in „step“
After total switch off the default value 0 will be valid again.
OP47 Sustain values in display resp. automatic OFF = Display values are deleted after pressing START again or
„Reset“ automatically after 2 minutes after having pressed STOP (Default)
ON = Display values will be continued (added) after pressing START
again and will not be automatically deleted by pressing STOP.
Display values can only be deleted by pressing the STOP key twice
(time, distance, energy).
OP48 Count-Down of program-step OFF = The time-display counts up each program-step
ON = The time-display counts down each program-step
OP52 Output interval for printer protocol By entering a value between 0 and 100 the output interval is set in
seconds for a printer directly connected to the treadmill. Standard: 60
(= Printout of all values once a minute). The value 0 disables the
printing out of single values, but not the printing of headers and end
results (UKK).
OP53 Language settings for printer Select the language for printouts on a printer directly connected
protocol to the treadmill. You can choose between six languages. Both
the protocol printout as well as the test result and training
recommendation of the UKK 2 km walk test are printed in the
selected language.
EnGL = Englisch (standard) SPAn = Spanish
GErM = German POrt = Portuguese
FrEn = French HUnG = Hungarian
For a correct printout the connected printer must be compatible with
PCL printer language. For special characters the ISO 8859-1 (Latin-1)
font is used.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 81 of 176
optional settings
[6.A3] Standard settings for the user options

[6.A3] Option Character / Function of option Default setting Adjustable range


OP 01 Set back of error messages.
OP 02 Total distance (km) Report only 0 ... 4.294.976 km
OP 03 Total hours of operation stand-by incl. runtime (h) Report only 0 ... 1.193.046 h
OP 04 Total hours of operation runtime only (h) Report only 0 ... 1.193.046 h
OP 05 Firmware Version Report only x.xx.x
OP 06 Adjustment of the real time clock current date/time currently ... 31.12.2092
OP 07 Acoustic Heart-Rate-signal OFF OFF or ON
OP 08 Stopping / Deceleration Time 5 seconds 2 ... 30 seconds
OP 09 Starting Speed (Modus Manual and Cardio) 0.5 km/h 0.0 km/h ... 5.0 km/h
OP 11 Scaling of Profile mode 0 0. 1 or 2
OP 12 Unit for display of speed – one decimal place rsp. none 0 = km/h 0 = km/h 1 = m/s
for 3 = m/min 2 = mph 3 = m/min
Unit for display of speed – two decimal places rsp. 20 = km/h 21 = m/s
none for 3 = m/min 22 = mph 23 = m/min
OP 13 Unit for display of distance 2: m 0: km;1: miles; 2: m
OP 14 Unit for angle of elevation 0: % (Prozent) 0 = % / 1 = ° (Grad)
OP 15 Subject's Body Weight 65 kg 10 ... 250 kg
OP 16 Request for body weight before manual or automatic OFF (no request) OFF / ON
start
OP 17 Unit for energy consumption JOUL = kJoule JOUL = kJoule
CALO = kcal
OP 18 Maximum speed (default) in Cardio mode 6.0 km/h 0.0 ... max. speed
OP19 Setting of Polar W:I:N:D System 0000 0000 xxxx xxxx
OP 20 RS 232 interface protocol: COM 1 1 = h/p/cosmos coscom 1 ... 20
OP 21 RS 232 interface protocol: COM 2 1 = h/p/cosmos coscom 1 ... 18
OP 23 RS 232 interface protocol: COM 4 20 = h/p/cosmos coscom v3 OFF,. 18,. 20, 22
OP 27 Minimum acceleration and deceleration level 1 1 ... 5
OP 28 Maximum acceleration and deceleration level 4 1 ... 7
OP 29 Acceleration and deceleration level for remote control 1 1 ... 5
via RS232 interface
OP 40 Locking and unlocking the treadmill ON (unlocked) OFF = locked
ON = unlocked
OP 41 Locking and unlocking the Manual mode ON (unlocked) OFF = locked
ON = unlocked
OP 42 Locking and unlocking the Profile mode 6 (unlocked up to profile 6) 0 ... 6
OP 43 Locking and unlocking the Cardio mode ON (unlocked) OFF = locked
ON = unlocked
OP 44 Locking and unlocking the Test mode 28 (unlocked up to test 28) 0 ... 94
OP 45 Report mode Display „index“ 0 0…3
OP 46 Report mode Display „elevation“ 0 0…2
OP47 Sustain values in display resp. automatic „Reset“ OFF OFF = RESET automat.
ON= RESET 2xSTOP
OP48 Count-Down of program-step OFF OFF = count-up
ON = count-down
OP 52 Output interval for printer protocol 60 (seconds) 0 = no single values,
1 ... 100
OP 53 Language settings for printer protocol English English, German,
French, Spanish
Portuguese, Hungarian

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 82 of 176
optional settings
[6.B] Administrator options

The administrator options are only accessible by h/p/cosmos staff and authorised service engineers. The access is only
possible with a special code which is not depicted here.

Changing an administrator option might cause serious problems if you are not familiar with all the details. Therefore the
h/p/cosmos service has to be contacted before doing any changes in the administrator options.

For optional settings on devices without UserTerminal an external UserTerminal or a connected PC with the software
h/p/cosmos para control is required.

[6.B1] List of the administrator options

[6.B1] Option Description Comment / Display


OP01 Set back of error messages E 20, E 21, The required maintenance work has to be performed before deleting
E 30, E 31, E 32, E 41, E 50 and E 51 error messages. Confirmation in the display § with "donE"

This option only sets back the error message. If the error still exists,
the error message will appear again
OP02 Selection of the OEM-Code By selecting the OEM code the functions and settings of the
UserTerminal will be adapted to the requirements of the listed OEM
partner.

Following OEM codes can be selected:


0 = h/p/cosmos (Standard)
1 = JAEGER / VIASYS / CARDINAL HEALTH
2 = Ergo-Fit (1997-98)
3 = Proxomed / Kardiomed
4 = KISTLER Gaitway
6 = COSMED
9 = SCHILLER

Not all companies listed above are or were OEM partners of


h/p/cosmos.
OP03 Selection of device type Selection of the correct treadmill device type according to the „list of
device types” in the appendix. On the ladder-ergometer only the device
type 0.1 and 1.1 can be confirmed..

Note: Selection and confirmation of a device type sets back all user-
and administrator options to default.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 83 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP04 Maximum speed for reverse belt rotation Due to safety reasons, all treadmill models with a motor hood or a
(This option is only available for crossbar handrail the speed must be limited to maximum speed of 5
treadmills, not for a ladder-ergometer). km/h while using belt rotation since they have an "obstacle" (motor
hood or cross-bar handrail) at the back of the subject during this mode.
Changing this speed limitation for these models is only allowed if the
safety of the runner is guaranteed (e.g. with a safety harness).

= indicates: Maximum speed for reverse belt rotation.


Adjustable from 1 km/h to maximum treadmill speed.

~ selected unit is blinking


~ max. is blinking
OP05 Maximum Speed According to the selected device type (in OPTION 03) the standard
maximum speed will be indicated in the SPEED Display.
Example: h/p/cosmos mercury 4.0 = 22.0 km/h; h-p-cosmos discovery
4.0 = 40 m/min
For safety purposes (e.g. for beginners) the max. speed of every
treadmill model can be limited.

= indicates: Maximum Speed


Adjustable from 1 km/h to maximum treadmill speed
~ selected unit is blinking
~ max. is blinking
OP06 Maximum acceleration time in seconds § reports e.g. 131 (max. acceleration increment)
(This option is only available for $ reports e.g. 5.0 (max. acceleration time in seconds.)
treadmills, not for a ladder-ergometer). % indicates: SEC.
OP07 Maximum Elevation According to the selected device type (in OPTION 03) the standard
(This option is only available for maximum elevation will be indicated.
treadmills, not for a ladder-ergometer).
Example: h/p/cosmos mercury = 25 %
For safety purposes (e.g. for beginners, or in case the height of the
room's ceiling is not enough when using an arch construction with
safety harness) the max. elevation of every treadmill model can be
limited.

$ reports: maximum elevation


Adjustable from 0 to maximum treadmill elevation

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 84 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP08 Heart Rate Display Interval § indicates: Heart Rate Display Interval in seconds
Einstellbereich: 0 (beat to beat) .... 1 bis 9 Sekunden
Adjustable from 0 (beat to beat) .... to 9 seconds
Compare: An original POLAR watch has a display interval of 5
seconds
$ reports: SEC
OP09 Test of all displays and LEDs
OP10 Enter the serial number of the device Change the values with a or d
according to the nameplate Confirm the values with c

Example: Treadmill with serial number cos30000va08-0128 on the


nameplate
§ reports: 300 (item number of device)
$ indicates: 0008 (item number of device)
% indicates: 0128 (consecutive serial numbers of this device
family)
OP11 Activating and de-activating speed Normally the speed measurement is activated / de-activated by
measurement selecting the correct device type (administrator option number 3). Only
in very special cases a special adjustment in option number 11 is
necessary. Speed measurement can only be activated if the device
has a speed sensor
§ reports:
0 = without speed measurement / -sensor
1 = with speed measurement / -sensor
(permanent control)
2 = with speed measurement / -sensor
(control as of speed > 2 km/h, no control < 2km/h)
OP12 Setting of allowance for speed-signal- The MCU5 control unit is comparing continuously the data of the
comparison (Measurement / Control) speed measurement with a calculated reference value. In order to
detect problems with the speed measurement or speed control or e.g.
These values do not reflect the real performance limitations due to a bad voltage supply, an allowance
speed accuracy of the running belt. range can be set in this option. In case the allowance is exceeded the
Accuracy of running-belt speed is higher. error message E.31 (measured speed is too high) or E. 32 (measured
speed is too low) is reported.
§ reports: OFF = no comparison
6 = 6 % deviation is allowed
8 = 8 % deviation is allowed
10 = 10 % deviation is allowed

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 85 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP13 Activating and de-activating motor break The motor break prevents the running belt from manual moving (for
example because of the subjects bodyweight) when the speed value is
set to “0”. If the treadmill recognizes a running belt movement it
activates the motor break for 10 seconds.
.

Remark:
The motor break is only working at running machines with integrated
speed measurement. The speed sensor must be switched on
(OP11=1). If the running machine is not equipped with speed
measuring system this could be retrofitted easily.
To activate the motor break it is necessary to additionally change
some parameters at the frequency inverter. Ask the service
department of h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh for detailed
instruction.

Attention!
If the device is switched off or disconnected from
the power supply the motor break is not working!
After 10 seconds of operation of the motor break,
the break is released automatically and is only
activated again after a belt movement. A short jerk
may occure during reactivation.

§ shows OFF = Motor break not active


§ shows ON = Motor break active
OP14 Maximum acceleration time for RS232 § shows: e.g. 5 (max. acceleration-increment)
(option only available for treadmills, not $ shows: e.g. 131.1 (max. acceleration-time in sec.)
for ladder ergometers) % shows: SEC.
OP16 Activating and de-activating heart rate = reports ...
measurement 0 = heart rate measurement is de-activated / OFF
1 = heart rate measurement is activated, circuit board HFU1 or
RE06REC (default)
2 = heart rate measurement is activated, circuit board HFUi
auto = automatic detection and activation of circuit board

4 = Polar W:I:N:D (further settings in user OP19 and OP23 necessary)

OP33 Distance between rungs of the ladder For correct calculation of the number of rungs / steps, the distance
ergometer between two rungs can be changed and confirmed in this option.
(option only available for ladder Standard: 254 for 25,4 cm
ergometers, not for treadmills)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 86 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP34 Manual speed calibration Normally the speed calibration values are set by selecting the correct
(counted increments from the speed device type (administrator option number 3). Only for special speed
sensor for 10 m belt movement) and special models the speed calibration values have to be changed. If
you change the speed calibration value, please also pay attention to
the correct settings in option number 5 (firmware speed limit), number
11 (speed measurement; must be switched on) and option number 48
(Frequency inverter speed limit) of the administrator mode. To change
the speed calibration value please use the + and – buttons. For quick
movements between standard values, please use the UP- and DOWN-
buttons.
If the speed measurement is switched off in OP11, then OP34 will only
report internal program absolutes. In the other case following values
are stored:
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos mercury with
special speed 10 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 8.490
Inverter Frequency: 80.2 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos mercury with
speed 22 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 5.988
Inverter Frequency: 123.3 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos mercury with
special speed 30 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 4.165
Inverter Frequency: 119.0 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos quasar with
special speed 10 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 7.800
Inverter Frequency: 80.0 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos quasar with
special speed 22 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 4.495
Inverter Frequency: 94.5 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos quasar with
speed 25 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 4.495
Inverter Frequency: 110.0 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos quasar with
special speed 30 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 4.010
Inverter Frequency: 115.0 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos quasar with
special speed 40 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 2.874
Inverter Frequency: 113 Hz
Continuation next page…

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 87 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] Continuation… N Running machine series h/p/cosmos quasar with
special speed 45 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 2.874
Inverter Frequency: 125 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos pulsar 3p with 40 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 2.874
Inverter Frequency: 110 Hz
N Running machine series h/p/cosmos pulsar 3p with
special speed 45 km/h:
Speed Calibration Value: 2.874
Inverter Frequency: 125 Hz
OP35 Oil Interval The distance interval for indication of "OIL" service required can be
adjusted by means of option 35.

Standard = 1000 km for treadmills, 100 km for ladder-ergometers. OIL


intervals are indicated with error code "E01" "OIL" every 1000 km.

§ reports: oil interval in km (Standard = 1.000)


~ km is flashing
Adjustment range: OFF, 100 ... 5.000 km

Do not change the interval without prior communication with


h/p/cosmos. For the models h/p/cosmos venus, saturn und orbiter,
JAEGER LE 580 and bigger as well as COSMED T200 and bigger
option number 35 is not adjustable, as the machines are equipped with
an automatic oil pump and a tank.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 88 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP37 Interval for service message TSC On sports devices and/or active medical devices with power supply
(time-dependent) connection used for either commercial, industrial, institutional and
for technical safety control E.02 “HELP" medical applications regular technical safety controls have to be
performed by a trained and authorised service technician. Appropriate
protocols and inspection instructions are available at h/p/cosmos
service. To provide for this an error message "E 02" "HELP" for the
TSC-service interval will appear in the display after expiration of a time
period of 12 month.

By calling up OP37 the remaining time period (in month) till the next
TSC/maintenance/inspection is reported.

Reset of the interval and the error report „E02“ is possible via option
OP47.

On demand the TSC report interval can be changed via option OP37:
Select OP37 and change with a or d. Confirm with c

Option OP37 can also be used for the adjustment of the maintenance
intervals in month, if the mileage is small.

§ reports: TSC-Interval in month (Standard = 12 month)


Adjustment range 0 to 48 month
OP38 Service Interval h/p/cosmos recommends regular maintenance (interior cleansing,
(distance-dependent) checking drive belts, etc.) carried out by an authorized technician at
"E 02" "HELP" least every 5.000 km (for ladder ergometers: 500 km). For this reason
every 5.000 km (500 km) the error message "E 02" "HELP" is
displayed. For detailed information, descriptions and specifications
about maintenance, please contact the h/p/cosmos service
department. To provide for this an error message "E 02" "HELP" for
the maintenance interval will appear. TSC controls have to be
performed every 12 month the latest.

Reset of the interval and the error report „E02“ is possible via option
OP47.

On demand the service maintenance interval can be changed via


option OP38.
Call up OP38 and change with a or d. Confirm with c

§ reports: service interval in km (Standard = 5.000 / 500)


Adjustment range 1.000 to 9.900 km or 100 to 5.000 km for the ladder
ergometer.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 89 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP39 Elevation: display as set point or true 0 = Display of elevation as set point
value 1 = Display of elevation as true value rsp. flashing set point report, if
(This option is only available for the set point was changed with the keys and has not yet been

treadmills, not for a ladder-ergometer) reached. (Report: current elevation angle; recommended default-
setting)

OP40 Speed: display as set point or true value 0 = Display of speed as set point (Report: target speed)
1 = Display of speed as true value rsp. flashing set point report, if the
set point was changed with the keys and has not yet been reached.
(Report: current speed; recommended default-setting)
OP41 Elevation control after STOP 0 = Elevation maintains at the present level after pressing the STOP
(This option is only available for button (recommended; default-setting)
treadmills, not for a ladder-ergometer). 1 = Elevation gets down to 0 % after pressing the STOP button.

The setting of option 41 to value 1 effects the


safety of the subject and of third parties. A down-
movement of the elevation after pressing STOP
can result in a jumpy reaction and in dangerous
injuries and contusions.

h/p/cosmos strongly recommends to keep the


standard setting of this option. Stop means Stop
for all movements and must not result in an active
action of the running machine. It is only allowed
to change option 41 after a written documented
instruction about the danger warnings and after a
written confirmation of the customer/user.
OP46 Display and setting of elevation for $ indicates: Elevation of ladder ergometer, standard: 75 degree,
ladder ergometer adjustable from 0 to 180 degree
(only available for ladder ergometers,
not for treadmills)
OP47 Set back of oil- and service interval After a service with lubricating the treadmill and performing all
maintenance work the oil and service interval can be set back with
option number OP47.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 90 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP48 Maximum speed during maximum The maximum frequency inverter speed is achieved, if the MCU (within
activation of the frequency inverter. UserTerminal) sets the control voltage (analogue voltage for frequency
inverter) at 10 volt, that is at maximum frequency inverter frequency.
The maximum speed during maximum frequency inverter frequency is
going to be set basically with the input of the correct device type at
option number 3 at the administrator level. Option 48 is necessary at
manual speed calibration or special speed transformation or drive
motors (special speeds) only.
When changing option 48, always pay attention to the correct setting of
the options number 5 (maximum speed), number 11 (speed
measurement; has to be switched on) and number 34 (speed
calibration value).
Examples for the different special speeds and the appropriate
maximum inverter frequencies are to be found in list B3: List of device
types.
Procedure
N Make sure that the correct device type is set at administrator
option 3.
N Go to administrator option 5 and set maximum possible speed.
N Control at the manual mode the device with the key "+" to the
maximum possible speed.
N Check the analogue voltage at the MCU-FU-control with a
voltmeter: it has to be 10 volt. Note down the voltage at the
service report! (not possible with digital control via RS485)
N Read off the speed and write down the value at the h/p/cosmos
service report: OP 48: _____ km/h
N Stop the running belt with the STOP key.
N Go to administrator OPTION 48 and input the before measured
value in km/h (maximum possible speed at full FU-activation).
N Go again to administrator OPTION 05 and allow the desired /
appropriate maximum speed.

Info 1: If no speed scan (speed sensor) has to be set under option 11,
the speed calibration value will be calculated automatically with option
48.
Info 2: Even if no speed scan is set, the speed calibration value has an
internal significance. In that case the scanning impulses (actual
impulse) are deduced or simulated directly from the analogue voltage
and not measured via the speed sensor input.
Range of adjustment: 1.00 to 99.99 km/h
Fixed values selectable with Up- /Down-key: 20; 22; 22.5; 26; 30; 30.3;
40; 40.9; 41.2; 45.3; 46; 50; 60; 80

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 91 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP49 Type of frequency inverter (FI) control Setting of FI control. Two types are available for selection:

§ $ %
Analogue 0 to 10 V AnA LOG
Digital via RS-485 rS- 485

OP51 Error statistics of the digital FI control The lower display row reports the occurred errors of three different
error types.

§ Number of NAK errors: the FI has sent an NAK (not


acknowledged), i.e. the FI has not accepted the last command
(transmission error, …).
$ Number of proof total errors: the proof total of the received FI
messages is wrong (transmission error, …).
% Number of Timeout errors: the FI has not answered within the
Timeout period (60 ms).

Note: At each emergency-stop the number of timeout errors is


increased compulsorily by at least one numerator, because the
transmission line to the FI is being interrupted by hardware.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 92 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP89 System for elevation measurement The following kinds of elevation measurement can be selected:
(option not relevant for treadmills without N 0 = no elevation available.
elevation or ladder ergometers) N 1 = elevation control: increment disc with light barrier 60 incr. per
motor rotation or hall effect sensor with 60 incr. per motor
Note: rotation: elevation element with a 4 mm spindle for: 0 - 25%
Normally the correct system for elevation elevation, ( models QUASAR/PULSAR from 1991 to 2001)
measurement is set by selecting the N 2 = elevation control: increment disc with light barrier 60 incr. per
correct device type (administrator option motor rotation or hall effect sensor with 60 incr. per motor
number 3). Only in very few cases and rotation: elevation element with a 5 mm spindle for: 0 - 25%
for special models this option is needed. elevation, ( model h/p/cosmos saturn since 1994)
N 3 = elevation control: increment disc with light barrier 60 incr. per
motor rotation or hall effect sensor with 60 incr. per motor
rotation: elevation element with a 5 mm spindle for: 0 - 35%
elevation, ( models h/p/cosmos venus since 1997)
N 4 = elevation control: linear motor for 0 - 24% elevation,
increment sensor, lift range 240 mm (h/p/cosmos mercury
models since 1997)
N 5 = elevation control: linear motor for 0 - 28% elevation,
increment sensor, lift range 300 mm (h/p/cosmos quasar 4.0
since 2002)
N 6 = elevation control: linear motor for 0 - 25% elevation,
increment sensor, lift range 300 mm (h/p/cosmos pulsar 4.0
since 2002)
N 7 = Hydraulic-cylinder for 0 - 11 % elevation angle.
lift range 430 mm (series PLM Mustang 2200)
N 8 = Hydraulic-cylinder for 0 - 11 % elevation angle.
lift range 302 mm (series PLM Trainer)
N 9 = linear motor „HN“ + lifting arm. 0 - 25% elevation angle.
lift range 252 mm (h/p/cosmos mercury since 2007)
N 10 = linear motor „HN“ + lifting arm. -10…+18% elevation angle.
lift range 300 mm (h/p/cosmos quasar since 2007)
N 11 = linear motor „HN“ + lifting arm. -10…+15% elevation angle.
lift range 300 mm (h/p/cosmos pulsar since 2007)
N 12 = increment disc with light barrier or inductive sensor
60 incr. per motor rotation: elevation element with 8mm spindle.
-4…25 % elevation
(series h/p/cosmos saturn 450/300rs as of 2008)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 93 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP90 Load or save default settings With this option all option values (exceptions see below) can be saved
or reloaded.

With a or d the loading or saving is selected. After confirmation with


c the safety request has to be confirmed again with c .
§ $ %

SAVE dEF AULt


ArE YOU SUrE
SAV Ed

LOAD dEF AULt


ArE YOU SUrE
LOAd Ed

If default values are supposed to be loaded without having been saved


before following message will appear and no change can be
performed.
nO d EF S AVEd

The key SW1 on the MCU 5 assembly board performs the same action
as the loading of default values with the following exception: if there
are no default values saved, the default values of the firmware will be
taken over.

Following option values are not handled as default values and remain
unchanged:
User - OP 02: Total distance
User - OP 03: Total time of operation
User - OP 04: Total time of use
Administrator-OP 10: Treadmill serial number
Administrator-OP 91: MCU total time of operation
Administrator-OP 92: Total distance
Administrator-OP 93: Total time of operation
Administrator-OP 94: Total time of use
Administrator-OP 95: MCU serial number

OP91 Total time of operation MCU (h) § and $ report: hours of operation
= total time of switch on MCU % reports: h
This value can not be changed!
OP92* Total distance (km) § and $ report: total distance in km
% reports km
Difference to user option 02: the displayed value can also be changed.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 94 of 176
optional settings
[6.B1] OP93* Total time of operation (h) § and $ report: hours of operation
= Stand-By-time including time of use of % reports: h
the motor/ running belt Difference to user option 03: the displayed value can also be changed.
OP94* Total time of use (h) § and $ report: hours of operation
= time of use of motor / running belt only % reports: h

Difference to user option 04: the displayed value can also be changed.
OP95 MCU Serial number Report and entering of 8-digit serial number with the following format:
YYMM NNNN
YY: 2-digit number of year of production lot
MM: month of production lot
NNNN: 4-digit serial number
OP98 Setting of limitation of usage time Secret option
OP99 Test-Profile 99 for endurance testing in With this option a special test profile (profile number 99) for endurance
the factory / service testing in the factory or in service can be activated. This test profile is
not for normal use, so it has to be de-activated again after using. If the
device is switched off an on again, profile number 99 is deactivated
automatically.

Details of test profile 99:


Elevation from 0 to maximum elevation every 20 min.
Speed 3.0 km/h for 2 hours (for ladder ergometer: 3,0 m/min for 2
hours)
Speed 5.0 km/h for 3 hours (for ladder ergometer: 5,0 m/min for 3
hours)
Speed 8.0 km/h for 8 hours (for ladder ergometer: 8,0 m/min for 8
hours)
STOP after 13 hours.

Adjustable settings:
0 = Test-Profile 99 locked/ de-activated
1 = Test-Profile 99 activated

*Note: It is not allowed to change the total time of operation or the total distance of the running-machine to a value which
does not match to the real value of the device.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 95 of 176
optional settings

[6.B2] Standard settings of administrator options

[6.B2] Option Description Standard setting Adjustable Range


OP 01 Set back of error messages E 20, E 21,
E 30, E 31, E 32, E 41, E 50 and E 51
OP 02 OEM-Code depending on the model 0 = h/p/cosmos (Standard)
1 = JAEGER / VIASYS /
Cardinal Health
2 = Ergo-Fit (1997-98)
3 = Proxomed / Kardiomed
4 = KISTLER Gaitway
6 = COSMED
9 = SCHILLER
OP 03 Selection of device type depending on the model (depending on the model)
- see list [6.B3] -
OP 04 Maximum speed for reverse belt rotation depending on the device type in 1.0 km/h .... max. speed
OP03
OP 05 Maximum Speed depending on the device type in 1.0 km/h .... max. speed
OP03
OP06 Max. acceleration time in seconds Increment 131 = 5 sec. Increments: 255 ... 1
Seconds: 2.6 ... 655.4
OP 07 Maximum Elevation depending on the device type in 0 .... max. elevation
OP03
OP 08 Heart Rate Display Interval 0 = beat to beat 0 or 1 ... 9 seconds
OP 09 Display Test for all displays
OP 10 Enter the serial number of the device 300… 12-digit serial number
OP 11 Activating and de-activating speed depending on the device type in 0 = without speed measurement
measurement OP03 1 = with speed measurement
OP 12 Setting of allowance for speed-signal- 6% 0 = no comparison
comparison This value does not reflect the 6 = 6 % deviation allowed
(Measurement / Control) speed accuracy of the running- 8 = 8 % deviation allowed
belt. 10 = 10 % deviation allowed
OP13 Motor brake OFF OFF = not active
ON = active
OP 14 Maximum acceleration time for RS232 Increment 131 = 5 sec Increments: 255 ... 1
Seconds: 2.6 ... 655.4
OP 16 Activating and de-activating heart rate (depending on the model) 0 = HF measurement de-activated
measurement 1 = HF measurement activated,
HFU1 + RE06REC
2 = HF measurement activated,
HFUi;
auto = autom. detection
OP 33 Distance between rungs (only for ladder 254 = 25.4 cm Distance between rungs in 0.1 cm
ergometer)
OP 34 Manual Speed Calibration (depending on the device type; Range from: 0 to 65535
OP 03)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 96 of 176
optional settings
[6.B2] OP 35 Oil Interval 1.000 km (treadmills) 0 = no supervision
100 km (ladder ergometer) 100 ... 5.000 km
OP 37 Interval for service message TSC 12 month 0 … 48 month
(time-dependent)
for technical safety control E.02 “HELP"
OP 38 Service Interval (distance-dependent) 5.000 km (treadmill) 1.000 ... 9.999 km (treadmill)
"E 02" "HELP" 500 km (ladder ergometer) 100... 5.000 km (ladderergometer)
OP 39 Elevation: display as set point or true 1 (true value) 0 = set point
value 1 = true value
OP 40 Speed: display as set point or true value 1 (true value) 0 = set point
1 = true value
OP 41 Elevation control after STOP 0 (Elevation maintains) 0 = Elevation maintains
1 = Elevation gets down to 0 %
OP 46 Display and setting of elevation for 75 (degree) 0 … 180 degree
ladder ergometer
OP 47 Set back of oil- and service interval
OP 48 Running-Belt-Speed at maximum (depending on the device type; (depending on the device type;
frequency inverter speed OP 03) OP 03)
1.00 … 99.99 km/h
OP 49 Type of FI Control Analogue Analogue, RS-485
OP 51 Error statistics of the digital FI-control n.a. 0 to 9999 per type of error
OP 89 System for elevation measurement (depending on the device type; (depending on the device type;
OP 03) OP 03)
OP 90 Load or save default setting n.a. n.a.
OP 91 Total time of operation MCU n.a. 0 ... 1.193.046 h
(incl. stand by)
OP 92 Total Distance n.a. 0 ... 4.294.976 km
OP 93 Total time of operation (incl. stand-by) n.a. 0 ... 1.193.046 h
OP 94 Total time of use (motor + belt) n.a. 0 ... 1.193.046 h
OP 95 MCU serial number n.a. 0000 0000 to 9999 9999
OP 98 Setting for limitation of time of use n.a. n.a.
OP 99 Test-Profile 99 for endurance testing in 0 = Test 99 de-activated 0 = Testprofile 99 de-activated
the factory / service 1 = Testprofile 99 activated

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 97 of 176
optional settings
[6.B3] List of running machines types

Maximum inverter

Drive roller (shaft)


Elevation system
[6.B3]

Reverse speed

0 = no, 1 = yes
Speed sensor
Model series

Device type
Model view

track in cm

Increment
Elevation

diameter
for 10 m
Speed

speed
Code

Code
OP03 OP04 OP05 OP07 OP11 OP34 OP48 OP89 Ø
User defined 0.1
1.1 -5.0 km/h 10.0 km/h 24.0 % 1 8490 10.0 km/h 4
1.2 -5.0 km/h 20.0 km/h 24.0 % 0 5988 20.0 km/h 4
1.3 -5.0 km/h 22.0 km/h 24.0 % 0 5988 22.0 km/h 4
1.4 -5.0 km/h 30.0 km/h 24.0 % 0 4165 30.0 km/h 4
150 / 50
1.5 -5.0 km/h 10.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 8490 10.0 km/h 9
1.6 -5.0 km/h 20.0 km/h 25.0 % 0 5988 20.0 km/h 9
80 mm
1.7 -5.0 km/h 22.0 km/h 25.0 % 0 5988 22.0 km/h 9
1.8 -5.0 km/h 30.0 km/h 25.0 % 0 4165 30.0 km/h 9
2.1 -5.0 km/h 10.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 8490 10.0 km/h 0
2.2 -5.0 km/h 20.0 km/h 0.0 % 0 5988 20.0 km/h 0
150 / 50
2.3 -5.0 km/h 22.0 km/h 0.0 % 0 5988 22.0 km/h 0
2.4 -5.0 km/h 30.0 km/h 0.0 % 0 4165 30.0 km/h 0
3.1 no limit 40.0 km/h 35.0 % 1 2617 40.0 km/h 3
3.2 no limit 50.0km/h 35.0 % 1 2617 50.0 km/h 3
200 / xx
3.3 no limit 60.0 km/h 35.0 % 1 2617 60.0 km/h 3
3.4 no limit 80.0 km/h 35.0 % 1 2617 80.0 km/h 3
4.1 no limit 40.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2617 40.0 km/h 2
4.2 no limit 50.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2617 50.0 km/h 2
180 mm
4.3 no limit 60.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2617 60.0 km/h 2
250 / xx 4.4 no limit 80.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2617 80.0 km/h 2
300 / xx 4.5 no limit 40.0 km/h 27.0 % 1 2617 40.0 km/h 2
4.6 no limit 50.0 km/h 27.0 % 1 2617 50.0 km/h 2
4.7 no limit 60.0 km/h 27.0 % 1 2617 60.0 km/h 2
4.8 no limit 80.0 km/h 27.0 % 1 2617 80.0 km/h 2
5.1 -5.0 km/h 10.0 km/h 28.0 % 1 7800 10.0 km/h 5
5.2 -5.0 km/h 22.0 km/h 28.0 % 1 4495 22.5 km/h 5
5.3 -5.0 km/h 25.0 km/h 28.0 % 1 4495 26.0 km/h 5
5.4 -5.0 km/h 30.0 km/h 28.0 % 1 4010 30.3 km/h 5
5.5 -5.0 km/h 40.0 km/h 28.0 % 1 2874 41.2 km/h 5
5.6 -5.0 km/h 45.0 km/h 28.0 % 1 2874 45.3 km/h 5
170 / 65
5.7 -5.0 km/h 10.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 7800 10.0 km/h 5
5.8 -5.0 km/h 22.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 4495 22.5 km/h 5
5.9 -5.0 km/h 25.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 4495 26.0 km/h 5
5.10 -5.0 km/h 30.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 4010 30.3 km/h 5
100 mm
5.11 -5.0 km/h 40.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2874 41.2 km/h 5
5.12 -5.0 km/h 45.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2874 45.3 km/h 5
6.1 -5.0 km/h 10.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 7800 10.0 km/h 0
6.2 -5.0 km/h 22.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 4495 22.5 km/h 0
6.3 -5.0 km/h 25.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 4495 26.0 km/h 0
170 / 65
6.4 -5.0 km/h 30.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 4010 30.3 km/h 0
6.5 -5.0 km/h 40.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 2874 41.2 km/h 0
6.6 -5.0 km/h 45.0 km/h 0.0 % 1 2874 45.3 km/h 0
7.1 -5.0 km/h 40.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2874 40.9 km/h 6
190 / 65
7.2 -5.0 km/h 45.0 km/h 25.0 % 1 2874 46.0 km/h 6
For any questions about the correct device type, contact the h/p/cosmos service before doing any changes.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 98 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
Maintenance and safety inspections
[7.]

N In case of any detected and/or assumed malfunctions and/or defects and/or unreadable safety
warning labels the device has to be taken out of operation, the device has to be marked and
secured against operation and the supplier and authorized service personnel has to be informed
in writing.
N Disregard of warnings, disregard of intended and forbidden use, safety precautions and also
unauthorized or lack of maintenance and/or regular safety checks may lead to injuries or death
and/or can damage the device and will result in loss of any liability and warranty.
N Before intervening in the device for safety reasons switch the running machine off and pull the
mains plug out.
N During all maintenance works and safety tests make sure that no third parties are directly or
indirectly in contact with the device under test and/or the technician performing the test. Keep a
safety area of 2 m radius clear.

Some running machine models are not equipped with an UserTerminal, so there is no keyboard or display available on these
running machines. It is only possible to control these running machines via interface. With this interface you can use different
external equipment, e.g. ECG, Ergospirometrie, PC with h/p/cosmos software h/p/cosmos para graphics® or h/p/cosmos para
control®. You can find important safety precautions and a complete list of all compatible external equipment in the chapter
“compatibility RS232 interface” and in the internet www.coscom.org.

For these models an additional keyboard or an external UserTerminal for remote control via RS232 is available as an option.
If using an additional keyboard you might need to install additional wiring and a connector depending on the model.

UserTerminal MCU4 remote control with 5 meter cable [cos10002]


Additional keyboard with 6 keys with 2 meter cable [cos10106]

For maintenance and diagnosis we recommend the use of PC Software h/p/cosmos para control® (Freeware) which is
available for download at: www.h-p-cosmos.com/en/software/para_control.htm

[7.A] Preventive maintenance

The h/p/cosmos authorised service engineers are happy to help you in the case of occurring problems.

A preventive maintenance can avoid problems in the future and is indispensable for the safety of such technical devices.
Therefore ask for an annual preventive maintenance contract, which is highly recommended by the manufacturer, from
our service department. Some basic regular maintenance and regular safety checks are obligatory!

Before switching the device on always check the circuit cable, plug, outlet socket and circuit entry of the device.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 99 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.B] Immediate maintenance

Immediate maintenance is necessary if:


N the device has been under high mechanical stress (push, power supply cable and/or interface cable defect through
driving over it or pulling it)
N fluid has got into the device
N cable and/or connector plug have been damaged
N coverings and/or safety warnings have fallen off
N connections made of rubber show cracks (mainly the running belt and the drive belt)
N the running belt does not run concentric
N the running belt is not lubricated well
N a defekt or malfunction of the device has been detected or is suspected

Only a properly and regularly serviced device is safe. The maintenance of the devices has to be performed by the
service engineers authorized by h/p/cosmos, preferrably within the scope of a maintenance contract.

[7.C] Regular inspections/examinations

For use in sports and medical areas as well as for private, public and military
applications refer to the date at the inspection sticker at your device.

To keep the condition of the device in due order, examinations have to be performed
repeatedly according to the local laws and requirements in your country (e.g. in
Germany based on BGV A3, regulations for prevention of accidents as well as safety
requirement inspections in accordance with MDD Medical Device Directive, etc.).

For h/p/cosmos sports and medical running machines and ladder ergometers a maintenance interval respectively
technical safety checks of one year has been set. These examinations are only to be performed by trained and
authorized electric technicians.

The main inspection sticker on the device (e.g. running machine) certifies also the inspection of the optional equipment
and the accessories. However, inspection intervals for optional equipment and accessories (e.g. rope of h/p/cosmos
airwalk unweighting system, chest belt for safety harness, compressors, etc.) can deviate significantly from inspection
intervals of the main device. Read respective manuals for details.

For all required measurements and control steps consider also local requirements in your country and see
detailed instruction and protocol form order no. [cos11690xx].

Additionally to local requirements following examinations are to be performed and are to be documented in the detailed
instruction and protocol form order no. [cos11690xx]:

[7.C1] Visual inspections

N Visual inspection for damages at device and complete accessories. Internal space, engine compartment,
connecting lead and the right position of the tensile relief and plug, ground wire connections, etc.
N Visual inspection of mechanics and wearing parts: driving belt, tension roller, running belt, lifting element with
fixing bolts, welding seams at the frame, tight fitting of all screws and nuts. Pay attention to the appropriate
maintenance list.
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 100 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
N Clean device and engine compartment/internal space. Remove dust and dirt from the cooler openings of the
fan housing and the cooling air ducts of the drive motor, as well as from the ventilation slots and the cover of
perforated plate of the frequency inverter.
N Attach hazard notes completely and well legible according to the instructions. Check the warning signs,
protective covers, step platform, engine hood and plastic-cover installation channel in the engine compartment
for existence and for damage and replace as necessary.
N All protective-resistance connectors, which can be reached from the outside, must examined for their correct
value and correct labelling.
N Check capture slot at the rear end and at reverse belt rotation in the front as well and adjust as necessary.
Capture slot < 8 mm. According to regulation draft 60601-2-xx © IEC:200X 62D/479/NWIP 2003-05-18 and
according to EN 957-1:2005. See chapter “test-finger“.

[7.C2] Protective Earth Resistance RPE measurement

N Resistance between housing and ProtectiveEarth-


Connection.
N The low resistance pass is to be controlled according to
VDE 0701/0702 (sports and fitness machines) or VDE
0751/IEC 601-1 (medical devices) by the protective-
resistance measurement with a measuring device for the
protective-earth-resistance measurement.
N The connecting lead is to be moved while measuring for
at least 5 sec. If the resistance changes hereby it is highly
probable that the cable or the connectors have been
damaged. In this case the cable has to be replaced and
the device has to be repaired immediately.

[7.C3] Isolation Resistance RISO measurement

N Resitance between „briged“ L+N and ProtectiveEarth-


Connection.
N Make sure that all isolations, that are under stress of the
mains voltage, are being seized. All switches and
contactors should be connected.
N The measuring is to be performed with measuring
devices for the isolation-resistance measurement
according to VDE 0701/0702 (sports and fitness
machines) or VDE 0751/IEC 601-1 (medical devices).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 101 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.C4] Equivalent (alternative) leakage current IEDL measurement

N Impedance measurement, indicating the current in the


Protective¬Earth¬Cable
N The measuring is to be performed by a measuring device
for leakage current measuring according to VDE
0701/0702 (sports and fitness machines) or VDE
0751/IEC 601-1 (medical devices).
N The measurement is equivalent to the single fault earth
leakage current based on IEC 601.

[7.C5] Leakage current measurement

direct method: measurement in PE - line N The measuring is to be performed by a measuring device


for leakage current measuring according to VDE
0701/0702 (sports and fitness machines) or VDE
0751/IEC 601-1 (medical devices).
N The leakage current of the equipment is to be measured
under operating conditions, if -despite closed switching-
not all isolations are seized.
N Measurements must be made on both poles.
N The unit to be tested must be isolated against earth
potential.
N The measurement is equivalent to the earth leakage
difference current method: supply/return line
current with grounded application parts based on
IEC 601.

N During the direct method the device under test


is temporarily without PE-connection. Especially devices
without potential-isolation-transformer (sports devices)
have temporarily a voltage of approx. 120 volts on the
metal housing and frame parts. Do not touch the device
under test during this measurement!

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 102 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.C6] Electric Safety Tester and measurements

Picture: example for electric safety tester based on IEC601-1.


For all measurements read operation manuals of the measurement
devices carefully and verify the values and intervals with the local
guidelines and laws. An appropriate inspection record for all
measurements and instructions are available at the manufacturers. See
also detailed instruction and protocol form order no. [cos11690xx]. At
first installation at the customer’s site and before first commissioning of
the running machine device, the „first measured values“ have to be
determined and recorded on a special protocol [cos11690xx] and
marked with „first measured values“.

During each preventive maintenance and/or regular maintenance and/or also after each repair work on the device
(even if it was only mechanical repair work!) all above mentioned electric safety measurements and checks (see
protocol [cos11690xx]) have to be performed again. All values have to be compared with the „first measured
values“ and allowed range of tolerance specified according to VDE 0701/0702 (sports and fitness machines) or
VDE 0751/IEC 601-1 (medical devices).

In case any or more of the measured values is/are not within the allowed range of tolerance specified according to
VDE 0701/0702 (sports and fitness machines) or VDE 0751/IEC 601-1 (medical devices), the device has to be
repaired until the values are within the specified allowed range of tolerance. In case the device can not be repaired
accordingly and immediately, the device has to be marked and secured against operation and the supplier and
authorized service personnel has to be informed in writing.

[7.C7] Building installation: Electric Checks, Protective Earth Function, RCD, Leakage Current

The customer/operator has the operator duty to check the building installation (electrical installations and
stationary installations) in regular intervals according to regulation BGV A3 of the professional association
respectively information of legal accident insurance every 4 years, on their own response and expenses, for
functions and safety of the complete electrical building installation. At operating sites or rooms of special function -
such as e.g. climate chamber, pressure chamber, installation with special endangering, etc. - the interval is
prescribed one year or shorter if applicable.

In any case use ground wire plugs with tested ground wires only. Existent earth leakage current protection
switches (so called RCD or "residual-current-operated protective device") at the building installation must be tested
by the customer/operator monthly (button at RCD switch in fuse box of the building installation) for correct and
proper function. As a rule the RCD switches at the fuse box are labelled with "press monthly".

Normally a button at the RCD switch has to be pressed for testing (not the "main handle"). With that an earth
leakage current is simulated. The RCD switch must then switch-off the complete electricity supply. These tests
must be carried out by the customer/operator at a time, when the normal operation is not disturbed, all electrical
devices and computers are switched off and nobody is endangered.

Due to the test of the RCD switch it possibly comes, depending on the circuit of the building electricity, to a switch-
off of the complete or a part of the power supply of the building.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 103 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
In this connection it is important to stress, that these are not regulations, standards and safety checks specifically
for h/p/cosmos running machines, but current regulations for all electrical devices and building installations
worldwide and applicable for all electrical devices with metal housing.

[7.D] Lubrication of the running belt/running surface

Take care not to touch the moving running belt. This maintenance should be supervised by a
second person, who could press the emergency button in the case of danger.

The lubrication level must be checked periodically by the user. Procedure: Unplug running machine from power supply,
place hand between running belt and running surface, ensure that surfaces are oiled and not dry. Also a special "tissue
test" (order no. [cos14379]) is available at h/p/cosmos as an alternative way to check lubrication level of the running belt
and deck. Use of bikes, wheelchairs or skis on the running machine as well as environmental conditions will affect the
lubrication interval! Running machines with automatic oiling systems (i.e. venus r and saturn r) must also be controlled
periodically by the user to ensure correct lubrication levels (this can be compared to the need to check a car’s engine oil
periodically as oil usage depends on driving style an can vary dramatically) as the type and frequency of use can raise
or reduce the oil usage. In the event that either dry chafing noises are heard during use or that oil is noticed on the
running deck h/p/cosmos must be contacted immediately. An h/p/cosmos authorized technical service engineer will then
advise what corrective action needs to be taken. Only use original h/p/cosmos special oil. The use of other oils or the
ignoring of the regular lubrication checks can lead to damage of the running belt, running deck or the lubrication system
and a reduction of warranty liability. h/p/cosmos recommends a maintenance contract with an authorised h/p/cosmos
service partner. Routine maintenance does not reduce the necessity to regularly control the lubrication levels. Regular
maintenance and maintenance of the correct lubrication levels prolong the life of the running belt and running deck
dramatically!

[7.D1] Devices with UserTerminal and without automatic oil-pump

The devices with UserTerminal are equipped with an automatic oil indication in the UserTerminal display. On
standard setting every 1000 km (special device might have different intervals) the word OIL is flashing in the
display. After lubrication the oil message has to be terminated with "OPTION 01". The device has no sensor and
the oil message will not terminate automatically after lubrication! The lubrication of the running belt and running
surface is done with the enclosed, to the extent of delivery, accessories (bottle of lubricant and 10ml syringe).

Use the provided lubricant only. Other available oils and


lubricants can damage the running belt and running surface
and therefore lead to a breakdown of the running machine.
Lubricant available on request at h/p/cosmos. The running
belt should be lubricated after 1000 km (special device
might have different intervals) at the latest or/and after
hearing dry grinding noises during operation.

The oil-filling hole [1] is placed at the right hand side in front
of the motor hood [2] between the footboard [3] and the
running belt [4]. The lower surface (gliding on the deck
surface) of the running belt has a fabric construction and
accumulates the oil until the next interval is due.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 104 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
Oiling amount
3 syringes each filled with 10 ml silicone oil. (special devices might have different oiling amounts - see delivery
papers) and 1 syringe filled with air (to empty the oil line in the running machine).

Procedure
N Start the running machine at a max. speed of 5 km/h.
N Fill the syringe with 10ml of the lubricant.
N Launch the syringe into the oil-filling hole and press the
contents slowly in.
N Fill the syringe again with the lubricant and slowly press
the contents into the oil-filling hole.
N Fill the syringe again with the lubricant and slowly press
the contents into the oil-filling hole.
N Fill the syringe again with air and slowly press the air
into the oil-filling hole. This is to empty the small oil-
tube of the running machine.
N Clean the area around the oil-filling-hole in order to make it free of overrunned oil.
N Let the running machine operate for a few minutes at the speed of 5 km/h, so that the oil can spread itself on
the inside of the running belt. Walk for 2 minutes at very low speed (ca. 2 km/h) and vary your positions on the
running belt, so that the oil under the belt is spread evenly.
N Check the position of the running belt after the lubrication. The belt should be in a centre position on the rear
roller (tail shaft). In case the belt needs to be adjusted please follow the separate instruction.
N After lubrication the oil message has to be terminated with "OPTION 01" (see optional functions). The device
has no sensor and the oil message will not terminate automatically after lubrication. Refer to the procedure
described at „Set back of oil-message“ in this chapter.

This oil type must not be used for running-decks for cycle-
and wheelchair - application (e.g. saturn 300/100r), and
not for oil-tanks with automatic oil-pump.

Special oil 0.25 l - bottle


for sliding plate with manual lubrication
[cos000200008001]
Syringe 10 ml for lubrication of sliding plate
[cos12181]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 105 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.D2] Lubricant test

The condition of the oil film between running surface and running belt can be established with the lubricant-test
[cos14379] which is available at h/p/cosmos. The lubricant-test consists of a pre-wheighed commercial paper
tissue. The tissue needs to be pulled through the gap between running belt and running surface in a defined lenght
in order to absorb a certain quantity of lubricant. Based on previous experience h/p/cosmos is able to evaluate the
quantity of the oil film by measuring the weight difference. However, it needs to be considered that this test can
only find out approximate values and trends and can never replace the direct survey by the authorized h/p/cosmos
technician in the prescribet time intervals.

For security reasons, the running machine needs to be switched off and the power plug needs
to be pulled out for full separation from the mains.

[7.D4] Step Action Reaction/display


[01] There are 3 pre-weighed paper tissues
[cos14379] required for the test.

Every single tissue is located in a separate


plastic bag. The information (blue letters) in
the left picture need to be entered to the
sticker which is on the plastic bag.

[02] Trittfläche / footboard


The tissue-test needs to be performed at 3
L 10 cm places under the running belt:
1 meter Taschentuch
Tissue

M - Left edge
Laufgurt / running belt
- center
- right edge
R
10 cm

Trittfläche / footboard

For each test a separate tissue needs to be


used!

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 106 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.D4] [03] 1. Take the tissue out of the plastic bag and
place it directly to the previously marked
position under the running belt.
2. Press with your hand on the running belt
above the tissue and move the running
belt together with the tissue for exact 1
meter.
3. Take out the tissue and put it into the
corresponding plastic bag. Take care that
the plastic bag is closed sufficiently.

Repeat steps 1 to 3 for the remaining


positions.

[04] After all required steps have been performed the tissues need to be returned to h/p/cosmos for further
evaluation. The tissues will be weighed again and according to the weight difference h/p/cosmos can
calculate if a modification of the lubrication interval is necessary.

[7.D3] Devices without UserTerminal and without automatic oil-pump

The devices without UserTerminal are equipped with an automatic oil message via acoustic signal (bleep)
indicating the device needs to be lubricated. On standard setting every 1000 km (special device might have
different intervals) after switching on the device (main power switch) the acoustic signal "5 times LONG (code for
"0")" and 1 time SHORT + 4 times LONG (code for "1") will be repeated 3 times. The device has no sensor and the
oil message will not terminate automatically after lubrication.

The lubrication of the running belt and running surface is done with the enclosed, to the extent of delivery,
accessories (bottle of lubricant and 10ml syringe). Use the provided lubricant only. Other available oils and
lubricants can damage the running belt and running surface and therefore lead to a breakdown of the running
machine.

Please contact h/p/cosmos to receive the special oil. The running belt should be lubricated after 1000 km (special
devices might have different intervals) at the latest or/and after hearing dry grinding noises during operation. After
lubrication the oil message has to be terminated with "OPTION 01". An external UserTerminal or a PC-software
h/p/cosmos para control® is required for this.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 107 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.D4] Devices with UserTerminal & automatic oil-pump (models "r" for cycle & wheelchair)

Running machines which are designed for cycle and


wheelchair use are equipped with an automatic
controlled oil-pump and an oil-tank.

The oil-tank is located in the external control unit of the


device below at the left side (At device up to the
construction year 2002 and without external control unit
the oil-tank is located at the rear position of the machine,
close to the drive engine).

The picture shows the oil-pump with the valve-cock (red


arrow). With the valve-cock the valve for running-deck
lubrication has to be positioned horizontally or vertically,
depending on the application on the running surface
(see illustrations next page). The valve-cock always
must be rotated up to the mechanical stop. Intermediate
positions ar not allowed and can result in serious
damages of the machine.

In particular at running machines designed for cycle and wheelchair application, the correct quantity amd quality of
oil is extremely important. Thus at those models a lubrication test (tissue-test) according the instruction (available
from h/p/cosmos) must be performed in the course of the obligatory yearly maintenance. The test must be sent
back to h/p/cosmos afterwards for evaluation purposes.

Cooperation and inspection obligation of the user:


Especially at treadmills designed for cycle and wheelchair application (all types of point loads on the running
surface or the running belt) a cooperation and inspection obligation of the user is due. The lubrication quantity and
quality between running belt and running surface needs to be observed and if necessary corrected accordingly.
See separate instruction “lubricant test”.

N Warning! Only special-treadmills with special labelling are adapted for cycling and
wheelchair applications! At treadmills which are not designed for cycling and wheelchair
use or for use with spikes or ski sticks, those applications will result in serious damages
of the treadmill.
N Due to environmental influences, interior climate and type of application (for example
frequent short-run operation or infrequent long-run operation, etc.) the required
automatic oil-setting of the treadmill can deviate extensively from the factory setting.
N In case the required lubrication quantity and quality is not assured due to missing
inspections of the user and/or due to missing maintenance through authorized
h/p/cosmos service-technicians, early damages of running belt and running surface can
occur and warranty will expire.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 108 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections

running, cycling, cross-country, skating [inline, roller ski]

Valve-cock position [1] horizontally: The distributor [2] is


adjusted for lubrication [3] only in the center of the running-
deck [4].

The valve-cock position only changes the distribution of the


oil amount to the various oil-outlets (tubes).

The total oil-supply amount of the oil-pump always remains


constant, independent from the valve-cock position.

A nearly empty oil-tank will be indicated by the control lamp


“Empty Oil-tank” at the external control unit. Refill the oil-
tank when control lamp indicates

wheelchair

Valve-cock position [1] vertically: The distributor [2] is


adjusted for lubrication [3] over the entire width of the
running-deck [4].

The valve-cock position only changes the distribution of the


oil amount to the various oil-outlets (tubes). The total oil-
supply amount of the oil-pump always remains constant,
independent from the valve-cock position.

A nearly empty oil-tank will be indicated by the control lamp


“empty oil-tank” at the external control unit. Refill the oil-
tank when control lamp indicates. Additionally at standard
settings the word “OIL” will flash every 1000 km at the
display. If this message occurs, check the oil-level in the oil-
tank and refill preterm if necessary.

The device does not have a sensor, the oil-message does not extinguish automatically. After checking the oil-level,
the message has to be quit with „OPTION 01“.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 109 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
Refilling oil-tank
N Follow this procedure to refill the oil-tank:
N Unplug the device and wait for one minute.
N The oil-tank is located in the external control unit of the device below at the left side (At device up to the
construction year 2002 and without external control unit the oil-tank is located at the rear position of the
machine close to the drive engine.).
N Open the lid of the tank and refill the oil-tank with approximately 0.5 litre (at devices up to construction year
2002 and without external control unit approximately 1 to 1.5 litre) with the provided original special oil, to
receive at h/p/cosmos.
N Close the lid of the oil-tank.
N Plug in the power plug of the device and switch device on.
N Check control lamp at the external control unit. If it is not indicating anymore, the oil-tank has been correctly
refilled.
N If necessary quit oil-message with „OPTION 01“.

Special oil for sliding plate with automatic lubrication/0.25l-bottle [cos14007]


Special oil for sliding plate with automatic lubrication/0.50l-bottle [cos13438]

[7.D5] Set back of oil message MCU 4 without UserTerminal

An external UserTerminal or the PC-software h/p/cosmos para control® is required for this. Further instructions see
"Devices with UserTerminal”.

[7.D6] Set back of oil message MCU with UserTerminal

Start: Running belt is not moving. One of the mode LED ~ of operation is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[7.D5] Step Activity Keys Response/Display

adb = indicates: OP01 flashing (for option no. 01)


[01] Select of the mode for "user
options" (OPxx)
! and " indicate: E.rE SEt (for error reset)
all 3 keys
simultaneously for
at least 3 seconds
§ indicates: donE to inform you, that you have to
c
[02] Confirm option no. 1
delete the oil message

c = indicates: OP01 flashing (for option no. 01)


[03] Delete message

! and " indicate: E.rE SEt (or error reset)

b
[04] Quit option mode Stand-by mode
~ manual, profil, cardio or test is flashing

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 110 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.E] Control and tightening of the running belt

The belt can loosen after some time of use or when it has been adjusted in a wrong way, so that a backlash occurs with
every step between the driving shaft and the belt (slowing down of the belt at weight application through the step).

In this case check the belt tension as follows:


N Visual inspection of the surface for cracks. In case of a crack
replace running belt immediately.
N Open the motor hood in the front. Take care that nobody gets
their hands into the motor.
N Now press the "START/Enter" key to get into manual mode
and select with the help of the "+"/"-" keys a speed of 1 up to
1.5 km/h.
N Stand on the running belt (if necessary with 2 people). Hold
on to the side handrails with both hands and try to block the
running belt by stemming yourself against the running belt
rotation with your feet.
N Try to block the running belt for max. 10 seconds. The driving
shaft and the motor shaft should not be turning during that
time. Otherwise the running belt has to be tightened (or the
driving belt).

If the running belt is being blocked for too long, then the motor regulation can switch off because
of over current, which will be indicated by an error display. In this case, switch off the device for 5
minutes and then switch it on again. The belt tension should not have more than 0.5 %, for
otherwise it could lead to damages on the belt, on the shafting or the bearings!

For models with a running surface up to 190 x 65 cm the belt is tightened with a hex socket (8 or 10 mm) at the rear
drive shaft [2]. All bigger models are tightened at the front drive shaft [5]. Mark of 1000 mm [1] applied when belt [4]
absolutely loose. Tighten belt, until mark expanded up to between 1004 and 1005 mm (= 0.4 to 0.5 %).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 111 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections

Procedure
The right belt tension is between 0.4 - 0.5 %. That means, that a length mark of 1000mm (applied on the belt with a pen)
on a loose running belt will expand to between 1004 and 1005mm at the right belt tension.
Through turning of the left and right adjustment and tightening screws (hex socket 8mm) to the right the correct belt
tension will be obtained. The belt can be tightened until the shaft does not turn anymore when running belt is being
blocked (see control of running belt tension).

The hex socket must be pulled out of the screw immediately after usage due to risk of injury!

[7.F] Adjustment (centering) of the running belt

Attention: Dangerous capture area at the tail shaft at the back of the devices (belt re-entry zone).
Take care not to be caught with long hair or loose clothes in the capture area of the tail shaft. For
safety reasons the procedure of adjustment has to be supervised by a second person that can
press the emergency-stop in an emergency.

Before adjustment of the running belt the belt has to be lubricated, if necessary. Lubrication of the belt may have impact
on the centring of the belt.
Adjust the running belt while the device is in operation with the help of the left trimming screw of the running machine.
Use the enclosed hex socket ( 8 mm ). Operate running machine at 12 km/h without elevation. Watch the running belt
for at least 2 minutes. The running belt should be in a centre position on the rear roller (tail shaft).

If this is not the case please pay attention to the following points.
N Move the running belt to the right by turning the LEFT trimming screw to the right.
N Move the running belt to the left by turning the LEFT trimming screw to the left.
N If the discrepancy is only minor the screw should only be turned max. ¼, in the case of major discrepancies with
max. ½ a turn.
N The running belt has to be observed after each alteration for at least 2 minutes. For the purpose of control operate
the Running-Machine at 5 km/h and 20 km/h.
N The procedure of adjustment is finished if the running belt stays in the centre of the rear roller (tail shaft) after
having been operated at a speed of 12 km/h for some time (min. 4 min.).
N Uphill run and different other running styles can lead to locomotion of the running belt. +/- 2cm are to be
considered as an area of tolerance. As long as the running belt returns to the centre at a speed of 12 km/h it is not
necessary to readjust. The running belt remains in the adjusted position for a period of months if it has been done
correctly.
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 112 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
N During "reverse of belt rotation" (downhill run) a readjustment of the belt
position (centring) is required.
N Through evenly turning the left and the right trimming screw to the right you
can tighten the running belt if necessary. See point running belt tension.

Note: For running machines with a running surface of 200 x 75 cm and bigger the trimming screw for the running belt is
located at the front drive shaft. In this case the running belt movement is inverse after turning the screws.

The hex socket must be pulled out of the screw immediately after usage due to risk of injury!

[7.G] Control and tightening of the driving belt

The correct tension of the driving belt is very important for a proper operation of the running machine. A too high tension
can cause defects of the bearings from the motor and the roller. A too low tension results in backlash of the drive belt
and therefore in higher abrasion and power losses.

N This test can only be done with a dismounted motor hood. Don’t touch any parts in the motor
compartment and take care not to be caught with long hair or loose clothes in the capture
area of the danger zones.
N For safety reasons the procedure of adjustment has to be supervised by a second person
that can press the emergency-stop in an emergency.
N Before intervening in the device for safety reasons switch the running machine off and pull
the mains plug out.

[7.G1] Driving belt with poly-V-belt system

The poly-v-belt is provided with a belt adjuster and requires tightening usually very seldom. The belt adjuster offers
the possibility of readjustment.

N Checking the tightening of the drive belt with the „slipping-test“


With the „slipping-test“ only a too low tension of the drive belt can be recognised. To be able to exclude a too high
tension of the drive belt, the „frequency-test“ (see next point) must be used.

The driving belt tension can be controlled according to point control of running belt tension.
N Block the running belt at speed of 1 to 1.5 km/h.
N No backlash must be between the motor shaft and the driving belt.
N The tension at the bottom trumm (see picture) must be between 98 Hz and 103 Hz (frequency at oscillation).
N The noise (at higher speeds) and the straight position of the driving belt need to be considered.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 113 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
N Checking the tightening of the drive belt with the „frequency-test“
Checking with measuring device for belt tension [cos14863]:
N Switch off the running machine at the main switch. upper trumm
N Visual inspection of the drive belt for abraison and
correct fitting.
N Switch on the tuning device.
N The tuning device must be in mode „BASS“,
change with button GUITAR/BASS.
N Hold the tuning device with the microphone (MIC)
close to the bottom trumm of the drive belt and
pick the trumm (see picture).
N The tension of the drive belt at the bottom trumm
bottom trumm / place to pick
(see picture) needs to be between 98 Hz and
103 Hz (frequency during swinging).
N Check the tone in the display: Target = 1G – adjust the tension of the drive belt if necessary.
N Check the amplitude of the needle: Target 440 ... 460 – adjust the tension of the drive belt if necessary.
N When the tuning device is indicating the tone 1G and an amplitude of the needle of 440 ... 460 the tension of
the drive belt is ok.

Chart with tones to the according frequency:


target value frequency drive belt tone scale
LB
70 2D 420
76 2D 455
79 4E 425
81 4E 440
82 4E 440
85 4E 447
87 4E 457
90 1G 422
92 1G 425
95 1G 432
X 98 1G 440
X 100 1G 450
X 103 1G 457
104 3A 425
106 3A 427
109 3A 437
HC
The target value of the frequency is between 98Hz and 102Hz. This is equal to the tone 1G. If the result of the test
is out of this area, the tension of the drive belt must be adjusted.

frequency < value 98: belt tension need correction.


frequency > value 102: belt tension need correction.

After changing the tension of the drive belt new check is necessary.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 114 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.G2] Driving belt with timing-belt system

Timing belt drives have no automatic belt adjuster. The tension of the timing belt (depending on the model) needs
to be adjusted by the manual belt adjuster or by changing the position of the drive motor.

The driving belt tension can be controlled according to point control of running belt tension:
N Block the running belt at speed of 1 to 1.5 km/h.
N No backlash must be between the motor shaft and the driving belt.
N Check if it is possible to move the drive belt with thumb and forefinger 90° sidewards by using moderate
force. If the angle is more or less than 90°, the tension is too high or too low and the drive belt must be
adjusted accordingly.
N The noise (at higher speeds) and the straight position of the driving belt need to be considered.

[7.H] Side step platforms: Check for non-slipping

Each running machine has an anti-skid area on both sides next to the running surface. These step platforms offer safe
halt when leaving the running surface in emergency cases. Check the anti-skid areas in regular intervals and replace
them at signs of wearing off.

[7.I] Hygiene, cleansing, cleansing of the interior

For safety reasons switch off the device and pull the plug before cleansing, disinfecting and
before opening it. Pay attention to the instruction manual of the device.

Pay attention to the notes of the operating instructions of the concerning devices and the accessories.

Chemicals needed for application or cleansing have to be stored in appropriate reservoirs because of the danger of
mixing them up. Interior Cleansing is required in intervals of 6 months. Depending on your model lift up the motor hood
by lifting it up or remove bellow from upper frame.

Clean the interior of the running machine by removing the dirt with the help of a vacuum cleaner. Pay special attention to
the ventilation net of the drive motor and the cover of the frequency inverter. At devices with external control unit the
internal space of the control unit must be cleaned as well.

The cleaning of the surfaces of the treadmill can be done with a light moistened cloth. For disinfection h/p/cosmos
recommends Bacillol plus [cos12179]. Before using cleaning and disinfection substances always test the compatibility
of the material at bad viewable places.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 115 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.J] Cleansing and adjustment of the speed-sensor/Light-barrier

Depending on the model, the firmware version and the manufacturing date, the machines are equipped with …
N no speed sensor (so no cleansing required)
N Light barrier and incremental waver mounted without housing at the front (drive shaft) of the drive engine.
N Device from the construction year app. 2003 onwards have instead of the light barriers an induction sensor with
metal toothed lock washer.
N Only at oversize running machines with a running surface of 200/75cm up to 300/125cm and up to the
construction year 2002: Speed sensor mounted in its own housing at the rear part (drive shaft) of the drive engine.
Due to the aspect, that the sensors have their own housing, they must not be cleaned.

The light barrier of the drive motor is a pulse generator for the control unit. The light barrier and the incremental glass
should be cleansed carefully with a cloth moistened with alcohol in intervals of 6 - 12 months. In "built in condition" of the
glass you can also clean it with the help of a bristle brush, which has been soaked in alcohol. Clean the optical elements
in between the glass and the light barrier carefully.

Alternatively you can also use a spray (with a thin spraying canal) of fat-dissolving fluid (e.g. braking detergent). The
pressure on the detergent when coming through the spraying canal will cleanse the optics of the light barrier.

When adjusting the light barrier take care to keep the


following guidelines for the spaces between the glass [3]
and the casing [4] of the light barrier: Cleft [1] axial
approx. 1 mm/radial approx. 1 mm left and right
according to illustration above. The imaginary extension
of the light barrier has to pass through the centre [2] of
motor shaft.

Right hand side: The distance [1] between induction


sensors [2] to the cogwheel [3] must not be bigger than
0.8 mm.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 116 of 176
maintenance & safety inspections
[7.K] Cleansing and adjustment of the light-barrier at belt-re-entry-zones

Some models (running surface 200/75cm and bigger) are equipped with light-barriers at the running belt re-entry zone
(rear position and front position for the reverse of belt rotation). As a safety measurement the light barriers effect a
quick-stop function when the light stream is interrupted by a hand, a falling towel, a coat and of course, also by dust at
the glass and/or reflector of the light barrier.

To avoid unwanted switch off (quick stop), the light barrier and the reflector glass should be cleansed carefully with a
cloth moistened with alcohol in intervals of 1 week, depending on the air and dust conditions in the room.

Adjustment (direction and focus) of the light barrier can be checked when it is dark in the room.

In case the cleansing of the light barrier does not result in success, you need to check and correct adjustment (direction
and focus) of the light barrier. A special small screwdriver is required for adjustment of the focus. Talk about the
procedure to your h/p/cosmos service partner.

Light barrier must not be exposed to dazzling flash light of cameras. They might turn off and stop
the running belt abruptly.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 117 of 176
trouble shooting
Trouble shooting
[8.]

In case of any detected and/or assumed malfunctions and/or defects or unreadable safety warning
labels the device has to be taken out of operation, the device has to be marked and secured against
operation and the supplier and authorised service personnel has to be informed in writing. See „option
40“ in chapter „option settings“. With option 41 ... 44 you can lock also separate modes (manual,
profile, cardio, test).

[8.A] Mechanical / Noise problems

In case you hear noises like knocking or rattling during the training please check if the machine has a firm stand and
follow exactly the advises in the chapter "Mechanical Installation" in this manual. Most time a false adjustment of the
levelling sockets (adjustable "feet") at the rear of the Running-Machine are responsible for the knocking sound.

[8.B] Running belt adjustment problems

If the tension of the running belt is not correct it is difficult to keep the position of the belt centred.
In case of reverse direction of the running belt: It is normal that the belts needs to be re-adjusted every time when using
this option. Check and follow exactly the advises in the chapter "Control and Tightening of the Running Belt" in this
manual.

[8.C] Fuses

Expulsion fuse / ON-OFF button 2-pole C16A Expulsion fuse, device fuse 3-pole C16A

Secondary fuse isolation transformer 1-pole B16A Secondary fuse isolation transformer 3-pole C16A

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 118 of 176
trouble shooting

Expulsion fuse at devices with external switching cabinet Fuses in cabinet for power supply unit

The running machines are equipped with an expulsion fuse at the front of the device / frontal section below the hood or
in the interior section (depending on your model).

Under the motor cover you can find the power supply for the electronic control unit, inside the housing of the power
supply are one (sport and fitness machines) / two (medical devices) secondary fuses. In the cabinet for the power
supply is a primary fuse, and at devices for the medical application up to construction size 190/65 additionally two
secondary fuses for 12V DC and 24V AC. Furthermore you will find the secondary fuse of the isolation transformer
underneath the engine hood at devices for medical application.

[8.D] Interference factor

[8.D1] Electrostatic Discharge

If the user moves around the devices they can be electro statically charged with up to several thousand volts. If
then the user touches a metal piece, keys or display, it can lead to an electrostatic discharge between the user and
the device. Electrostatic discharges can in certain cases result in an interference of the device. Generally those
electrostatic discharges are without harm for the user as well as for the device, but can be quite unpleasant. The
main causes for electrostatic discharges are the choice of clothes, the sole of a shoe and the movement. Very dry
air and many light fittings can also lead to the same results.

Solution: Try different clothes or shoes, humidify the air in the room, and switch part of the light fittings off. Please
inform the manufacturer if you detect such interference.

[8.D2] Source of Interference

The devices should not be installed near to e.g. an x-ray device, motors or transformer with high connection
power, as the electric and magnetic interference can falsify measurements. Very strong sources of interference
(e.g. above the limit according to EMT) can influence the functions of the device.

High-tension power lines nearby and electrical devices without c - sign and without a certificate of compliance for
electro-magnetic-tolerance should be avoided as well.

Pay special attention to the EMC (electro magnetic compatibility) data and manufacturer’s declaration in the
chapter „technical data / EMC“ of this manual.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 119 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.E] Voltage at the device housing / electric shock

[8.E1] Open (interrupted) earth wire / ground

In case the earth wire (ground) is not connected (for example due to defect in the building installation), on the
metal frame of the device a voltage will be life via the „Y-noise-suppression-capacity“. This characteristic is very
common with almost all electrical equipment with metal housing and EMC-fault clearance filters. The earth wire
and/or contactor at the wall socket [1] in the building or at any other part of the AC-power line/feeder is open [2]. In
this case a voltage of approximately 110 volt runs via the capacitor, of the EMC-fault clearance filter (to be found in
the device) between housing and earth. Via the capacitors of the incorporated EMC-filters a voltage [5] of approx.
110 volts AC is live between frame [3] and grounding [4], e.g. via the floor or heating radiator system or other
grounded parts or machines.

a) If the device is flawless (at device category sports = without Potential-Isolation-Transformer) the current flow
is significant noticeable in case of touching any bare metal parts (for example screws).
b) If the device is flawless (at device category medical = with Potential-Isolation-Transformer) the current flow is
almost not noticeable in case of touching any bare metal parts (for example screws).
c) If the device is defective (at device category sports and also medical), e.g. because of a defective isolation
inside the device, the current flow may be life-threatening high in case of touching any bare metal parts (for
example screws).

Take the device out of operation immediately, unplug it and secure it against new start-up.
Order an authorised electrician to repair the contactor circuit in the building or/and at the
device.

Read and follow the directives and information concerning check of ground-wire terminals and functions in the
chapters installation, maintenance and safety checks of this operation and service manual.

[8.F] Malfunctions of the heart rate measurement system POLAR

Possible sources of interference:


N Screens, computer, printer, mobile phones and any radio engineering system
N Electric devices, electric motors, transformer
N High-voltage transmission lines, also from trains
N Strong fluorescent tubes near by
N Central heating radiators
N Other electric devices

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 120 of 176
trouble shooting
In order to prevent the running machine being interfered by such factors, place the device at some distance away from
such interference sources. Do not rely on the indicated values if you suspect interference.
Please also pay attention to the instruction of the manufacturer POLAR concerning interference at www.polar.fi or at
http://www.polar-electro.de/3_Service_2003/FAQ/serv_FAQ_all.html

[8.F1] Troubleshooting heart rate measurement system POLAR

[8.F1] option Description Explanation / Display


OP07 Activate: Acoustic heart rate signal % indicates: OFF or ON
OFF: No acoustic heart-rate-signal
ON: Acoustic heart-rate-signal for every beat. This function is normally
used to control the regularity of the heart rate or to find reasons for
transmitting problems (like mobile phones or computer monitors).

[8.G] Malfunctions of the RS232 interface

The most common causes for problem with the RS232 interface are
N Wrong connection cable between the running machine and the periphery
N Technical defects of the connection cable or male / female connector
N False setting of protocols / driver at Running-Machine or periphery (ECG, PC, Ergospirometry)
N False setting of COM port at periphery (ECG, PC, Ergospirometry)

[8.G1] Troubleshooting and testing of the RS232 interface

N Loop-Back Test: For testing the RS232 of the running machine a special RS232 test plug including testing
instruction is available from the manufacturer. Connect the plug to the RS232 port and adjust option 20: 10
N A blinking code and the instruction will tell you if input and output of the RS232 are working well.
N PC software h/p/cosmos para control® (Freeware): If you install the software to an external PC you can control
the running-machine. If it works you know the running-machine, the RS232 interface connection cable and the
RS232 interface card of the PC are working well.

[8.H] Malfunctions of the control unit

In rare cases, after several years of use, malfunctions of the control unit are possible because of worn battery power. In
this case contact the service department to change the battery of the control unit.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 121 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.I] Error messages / Error codes

Interferences and error codes might be caused by problems with the power supply or because of not enough
maintenance (lubrication of the running surface, etc.).
N Check voltage supply. Do not use extension cords or multi-way connectors. Connect the machine direct to the
socket in the wall. Each machine should have an individual circuit.
N Check mechanical parts for any malfunction. Check also for towels or other things, which might interfere the drive
system.
N Check if any light barrier are dusty or not correctly adjusted.
N Check lubrication of the running belt and lubricate if required.
N Also contact problems at connectors (loose connections) caused by vibrations can result in malfunctions. So
please check cables and connectors for loose connections.
The device has a self-diagnosis which recognizes some errors and shows their error messages on the display of the
MCU UserTerminal (operating terminal) or the frequency changer / inverter (inside the device).

[8.I1] Devices with UserTerminal

Start: Running belt is not moving. One of the mode LED ~ of operation is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[8.I1] Message Description Explanation / Display / Activity


E01 Oil interval due = „E 01“ ! „OIL“ flashing
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
Running machine is still functioning
N Every 1000 km (interval is adjustable) lubrication service is
due. See chapter "lubrication of the running belt". Lubricate the
belt.
N Attention: Running machine has no sensor for oil. Lubrication
only according to operation manual. Error message does not
disappear automatically.
N Set back error message (option 01)
E02 Service interval due = „E 02“ ! „Service“ flashing
or
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
Safety inspection due
Running machine is still functioning
N Every 5000 km (interval is adjustable) a general service
(interior cleansing, checking the driving belt, running belt, etc.)
is due.
N Every 12 months a electric saftey inspection is due. See
chapter maintenance in this manual.
N Contact authorized service engineer
N Set back error message (option 01)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 122 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.I1] E20 Elevation system = „E 20“ ! „ELEV“ flashing
exceeded the max. value
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
Running machine is still functioning (except for the lift device)
N Lifting element exceeded the maximum value. The combined
0% / maximum % -contact had been activated
N Incorrect measurement of angle of elevation
N Maybe wrong adjusted, dirty or defective elevation sensor
N Contact authorized service engineer
E21 Error of elevation system = „E 21“! „ELEV“ flashing
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
Running machine is still functioning (except for the lift device)
N Maybe technical blocking of elevation (e.g. overload)
N Maybe power supply too weak because of an extension cable
etc.
N Check power supply and power cord
N Maybe elevation sensor adjustment is wrong or the sensor is
dirty or defective
N Contact authorized service engineer
E30 Error of = „E 30“ ! „INCR“ flashing
speed / distance measurement
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
Running machine can still operate for a few seconds at speed of
max. approx. 1 km/h
N Maybe technical blocking of running belt (e.g. alien element,
towel trapped in device)
N Maybe power supply too weak because of an extension cable,
etc.
N Check power supply and power cord
N Maybe speed sensor adjustment is wrong, the sensor may be
dirty or defective or the speed calibration is wrong. OPTION 34
N Safety delay time (inverter or MCU) is longer than the high
acceleration command (SPRINT function or high acceleration
level)
N Trouble shooting see Administrator OPTION 48
N Contact authorized service engineer
N Check voltage supply. Do not use extension cords. Connect
the machine direct to the socket in the wall
N Check mechanical parts for any malfunction. Maybe several
persons were standing on the machine for a moment?
N Remove pleated bellow from upper frame (where applicable,
depending on frame).
N Attention: Dangerous voltage and danger of being hurt when
the device is open. Do not touch the parts inside the device

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 123 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.I1] N Clean the speed sensor (light barrier and disk, where
applicable) and check the adjustment of the sensor according
to the instruction.
N Check if the safety-, acceleration- and deceleration time (of the
frequency inverter and/or MCU) is higher than the highest
acceleration level (e.g. sprints with very high acceleration
levels, respectively at using the SPRINT-function if available).
N Erase the message with "OPTION 01". In case the message
appears again, contact authorized service engineer.
N Check also Administrator OPTION 48
N Check plug no. S6 on MCU and analogue voltage 0 ... 10 volts
(for 0 ... max. speed) from MCU board to inverter drive.
N Check plug no. S6 on MCU and “inverter on – signal / RFR”
from MCU board to inverter drive

Check mains power supply to frequency inverter


E31 + tolerance aberration speed sensor = „E 31“ ! „INCR“ flashing
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
The measured speed-value
(instantaneous value) is at least the in
administrator-option 12 set percentage Error search see E30.

BIGGER than the calculated value


(debit-value)
E32 - tolerance aberration speed sensor = „E 32“ ! „INCR“ flashing
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
The measured speed-value
(instantaneous value) is at least the in
administrator-option 12 set percentage Error search see E30.

LOWER than the calculated value (debit-


value)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 124 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.I1] E41 Error during memory initialization = „E 41“ ! „type“ " „OP03“ blinking
SETUP ERROR“ MCU
§ „SETU“ $ „P E“ % „rrOr“ blinking
or
running machine is still working
low or defective battery
N At MCU5 control electronic (as of manufacturing date
12/2007) this error exclusively shows a defect of the option
memory (FRAM). In this case, please contact h/p/cosmos and
request a service technician.
N Optional setup restores to default factory setting and device
type

N By pressing the key c the device can still be used, but it is


likely that individual settings and program profiles may not be
available any more. Also Display readings and accuracy of
speed and elevation need to be checked.
N Press Start and STOP, power off and power on the device.
N In case the error message E41 is still indicated, contact an
authorized service technician.
Either the MCU electronic may be defective or the battery may be
low or defective.
E50 Error of = „E 50“ ! „FU“ flashing
frequency inverter / motor regulation
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing
Running machine is not functioning
At ANALOG control of frequency inverter
N Check plug no. S6 at the MCU board
N Maybe defective frequency inverter
N Maybe power supply too weak because of an extension cable
etc.
N Check power supply and power cord
N Contact authorized service engineer
E51 Error of = „E 51“ ! „FU“ flashing
frequency inverter / motor regulation
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing

Signal error between MCU5 and


frequency inverter. Display " shows the hexadecimal number of the original error
code of the frequency inverter (for example “b1” of error message

Only applicable at digital control (RS485) “E.PUE”).


of MCU5/frequency inverter
N Check RS485 plug at the MCU5 control board
N Check RS485 plug at the frequency inverter
N Check RS485 plug at the optocoupler board
N Maybe defective frequency inverter
N Maybe power supply too weak because of an extension cable
etc.
N Check power supply and power cord
N Contact authorized service engineer

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 125 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.I1] E90 Error chip-card-drive = „E90“
(not all models)
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing.
Running machine is still functioning (except chip card function)
N Communication malfunction with Chip-Card
N Insert chip-card to the chip-card-drive
N Replace chip-card
N Replace chip-card-drive
N Contact authorized service engineer
E91 Error chip-card-drive = „E91“
(not all models)
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing.
Running machine is still functioning (except chip card function)
N Client number at START and STOP not identical.
N Check chip-card
N Insert the correct Chip-Card
E92 Error chip-card-drive = „E92“
(not all models)
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing.
Running machine is still functioning (except chip card function)
N Too many training weeks
N Check period of training
N Check system date and time settings of the running machine
N Re-program chip-card
E93 Error chip-card-drive = „E93“
(not all models)
§ $ % „HELP“ flashing.
Running machine is still functioning (except chip card function)
N Test ident on the chip-card not accepted
N False chip-card in the chip-card-drive
N Insert the correct chip-card

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 126 of 176
trouble shooting
[8.I2] Devices without UserTerminal

The devices without UserTerminal are equipped with an automatic error message codes via acoustic signal (bleep)
indicating the device has a malfunction or needs to be lubricated or regular service. In case of error and service
messages a beep-tone is given as acoustical signal. So the user of the running machine gets a feedback about
error and service messages even without UserTerminal. The appropriate beep-code resounds the moment the
error occurs, and afterwards when switching on the running machine if the error still exists three times in a row. To
interpret the error without a display a beep-code is audible according to the error message and according to the list
below:

o = long beep / x = short beep


0= ooooo / 1= xoooo / 2= xxooo / 3= xxxoo / 4= xxxxo / 5= xxxxx / 6 = oxxxx / 7= ooxxx / 8= oooxx / 9= oooox

Example OIL message: On standard setting every 1000 km after switching on the device (main power switch) the
acoustic signal "5 times LONG (code for "0")" and 1 time SHORT + 4 times LONG (code for "1") will be repeated 3
times. Error Code list see: Devices with UserTerminal. The error messages have to be terminated with
"OPTION 01". An external UserTerminal or a PC software h/p/cosmos para control® is required for this.

[8.J] Set back of error message

[8.J1] Devices with UserTerminal

Initiation: Running-Belt is not moving. One of the modes LED ~ is flashing: (manual, profile, cardio, test)

[8.J1] Step Activity Keys Response / Display

adb = indicates: OP01 flashing (for option no. 01)


[01] Select of the mode for user
options (OP xx)
! and " indicate: E.rE SEt (für Error reset)
Press all 3 keys
simultaneously for
at least 3 seconds
§ indicates: donE to inform you that you have to
c
[02] Confirm option no. 1
delete the oil message

c = indicates: OP 01 flashing (for option no. 01)


[03] Delete message

! and " indicate: E.rE SEt (für Error reset)

b
[04] Quit option mode Stand-by mode
~ manual, profil, cardio or test is flashing

With this procedure only the message E01-OIL, as well as the message E02-Service can be reset. All other error
messages are caused by technical defects / malfunctions. These error messages can only be reset in the
administrator-level. Please contact in this case the customer service in written form.

[8.J2] Devices without UserTerminal

The OIL-message as well as the SERVICE-message have to be quit by „OPTION 01”. Error messages have to be
quit by „OPTION 01“ at the administrator-level. In both cases you need an „external UserTerminal“ or the PC-
Software h/p/cosmos para control® to do that . For further procedures see devices with UserTerminal.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 127 of 176
technical data
Technical data
[9.]

[9.A] Running machines

SCHILLER MTM 1500 med


SCHILLER MTM 1500

User terminal No user terminal (no display, no keyboard).


(Display & Keyboard) Control only via interface RS232.
Power supply
(standard, read nameplate) 230 Volt AC 1~/N/PE f: 50/60 Hz 3500 VA
Dedicated line required.
Fuse (standard, read nameplate) 16 A
Power consumption 15 A 15 A
(Standard, read nameplate)
Power input 3450VA 3450 VA
Drive motor capacity 3300 W 3300 W
Elevation motor capacity 390 W 390 W
Safety standards c n
IEC EN 60335-1(VDE 0700) MPG, RL 93/42 EWG,
IEC EN 60601-1-2, IEC EN 60601-1 (VDE 0750),
IEC EN 60601-1-4, VDE 0701, VDE 0751, IEC EN 60601-1-2,
EN 957-1:2005, EN 957-6:2001 IEC EN 60601-1-4,EN 957-1:2005,
EN 957-6:2001
Leakage current 0.6 mA 0.2 mA
Isolation transformer --- 2000 VA
Safety class / -categories I / IP20 / --- I / IP20 / B
Mode of operation acc. IEC 601-1 continuous operation
Field of application / Accuracy sports and fitness / SA sports and medical / SA
Classification according to MDD --- II b
Speed / Definition 0.0 ... 20.0 km/h / 0.1 km/h
Allowance* +/- 5 %
Option special speed 0.0 ... 10 km/h or ... 30 km/h
Angle of inclination** 0.0 ... 25.0 %**
Definition 0.1 %
Dimension of running surface 1500 x 500 mm
length x width
Dimension frame 2100 x 800 x 1250 mm
length x width x height
Track access height from floor 180 mm

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 128 of 176
technical data

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 129 of 176
technical data

SCHILLER MTM 1500 med


SCHILLER MTM 1500
Weight of device 200 kg 215 kg
Weight load limits to floors 8,40 kN/m² 8,50 kN/m²
(traffic load to DIN 1055 part 3) In case of any further questions related to load limits onto floors, ask our
service department.
Max. permissible user weight on 200 kg
running surface (deviation on request specially made)
Environmental conditions: temperature: –30...+50 °C
Transport and storage humidity: 0...95% - without condensation
barometric pressure: 700...1060hPa
Environmental conditions: temperature: +10...+40 °C (deviation on request)
Operation humidity: 30...70% - without condensation (up to 95% on request)
barometric pressure: 700...1060hPa
Maximum operating altitude: approx. 10,000 feet (3000m), without
pressurization
Central lubrication system manual
Digital interface / serial port COM1: standard; COM2: optional; COM3: optional (standard for service);
(USB-converter optional) COM4: optional
Heart rate measurement and heart
rate dependent endurance control No heart rate measurement
(target pulse programming)
PC software h/p/cosmos para control 4.0® included
options: h/p/cosmos para graphics® and h/p/cosmos para analysis®
Reverse belt rotation / downhill option
Safety Arch with harness*** option
Handrails options: long and adjustable
Additional keyboard option

* Overload and weak power supply (undervoltage) could lead to higher discrepancies concerning the speed-display or dripping of the fuse. ** The time of
operation of the elevation motor (TO = 15 %) converts to approx. 5 full elevation cycles. Overload can result in temporary tripping of the fuse, but can be
used again after short cool down period. Treadmills with a running surface 150/50 built approx. before June 2007 have a maximum elevation of 24%.
*** For maximum stress tests and with oversize running machines (track sizes) a safety facility (e.g. a safety harness with chest belt) is necessary and highly
recommended. When using a front-bar handrail (crossbar), the speed is limited to 5 km/h for safety reasons. Data of weight and measurements can deviate.

Ask for further details and optional equipment or visit www.h-p-cosmos.com. Subject to technical alterations without prior notice. E & EO.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 130 of 176
technical data

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 131 of 176
technical data
[9.B] EMC electromagnetic compatibility. Guidance and manufacturer's declaration

Table 201: Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic emissions (for all equipment and systems)
The running machine is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the running machine should
assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment — guidance

The running machine uses RF energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF
RF emissions CISPR11 Group 1 Class B emissions are low and are not very likely to cause any interference in nearby
electronic equipment.

RF emissions CISPR11 Group 1 Class B

The running machine is suitable for use in all establishments including domestic
Harmonic emissions IEC 61000-3-2 Class A
and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that
supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
Voltage fluctuations/ flicker emissions
Complies
IEC 61000-3-3

Table 202: Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity (for all equipment and systems)

The running machine is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the running machine should
assure that it is used in such an environment.

Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment - guidance

Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If


Electrostatic discharge (ESD) ±6 kV contact ±6 kV contact
floors are covered with synthetic material, the
IEC 61000-4-2 ±8 kV air ±8 kV air
relative humidity should be at least 30 %.

Electrical fast transient/burst ±2 kV for power supply lines ±2 kV for power supply lines Mains power quality should be that of a typical
IEC 61000-4-4 ±1 kV for input/output lines ±1 kV for input/output lines commercial or hospital environment.

Surge ±1 kV differential mode ±1 kV differential mode Mains power quality should be that of a typical
IEC 61000-4-5 ±2 kV common mode ±2 kV common mode commercial or hospital environment.

<5 % UT <5 % UT
(>95 % dip in UT) (>95 % dip in UT)
Mains power quality should be that of a typical
for 0.5 cycle for 0.5 cycle
commercial or hospital environment. If the user of
40 % UT 40 % UT
Voltage dips, the running machine requires continued
(60 % dip in UT) (60 % dip in UT)
short interruptions and Operation during power mains interruptions, it is
for 5 cycles for 5 cycles
voltage variations on recommended that the running machine be
70 % UT 70 % UT
power supply input lines powered from an uninterruptible power supply or
(30 % dip in UT) (30 % dip in UT)
IEC 61000-4-11 a battery. Caution! running machines require high
for 25 cycles for 25 cycles
capacity UPS because of high capacity motor
<5 % UT <5 % UT
drive.
(>95 % dip in UT) (>95 % dip in UT)
for 5 sec for 5 sec

Power frequency (50/60 Hz) Power frequency magnetic fields should be at


magnetic field 3 A/m Not applicable levels characteristic of a typical location in a
IEC 61000-4-8 typical commercial or hospital environment.

NOTE UT is the A.C. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

Please pay special attention also to the other EMC related chapters of this manual:
a) Chapter: Safety, Installation, Operation, POLAR heart rate monitor: EMC
b) Chapter: Error, Malfunction, possible interference

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 132 of 176
technical data
Table 204: Guidance and manufacturer's declaration -electromagnetic immunity (for all equipment and systems that are not life supporting)

The running machine is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the running machine should
assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment — guidance

Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be


used no closer to any part of the running machine, including
cables, than the recommended separation distance calculated
from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance

Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms


IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz d = 1.17 1/V * √P

Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m


IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz d = 1.17 m/V * √P for 80 MHz to 800 MHz

d = 2.33 m/V * √P for 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz


where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the
recommended separation distance in meters (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an
electromagnetic site survey, a should be less than the compliance
level in each frequency range. b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with
the following symbol:

NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies. NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations.
Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM
radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF
transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered, If the measured field strength in the location in which the running machine is used
exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the running machine should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is
observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the running machine.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

Table 206: Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the running machine
(for all equipment and systems that are not life supporting)
The running machine is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of
the running machine can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications
equipment (transmitters) and the running machine as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.

Rated maximum output power Separation distance (in meters) according to frequency of transmitter
of transmitter (in Watt) 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
W d = 1.17 1/V * √P d = 1.17 m/V * √P d = 2.33 m/V * √P
0.01 W 0.12 m 0.12 m 0.23 m
0.1 W 0.37 m 0.37 m 0.74 m
1W 1.17 m 1.17 m 2.33 m

10 W 3.70 m 3.70 m 7.37 m

100 W 11.7 m 11.7 m 23.3 m


For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in meters (m) can be estimated using the
equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the
transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies. NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all
situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 133 of 176
technical data
[9.C] Compatibility RS232 interface / USB converter

System Manufacturer Type RS 232 interface protocol Setup running machine


Ergospirometry JAEGER/Viasys/Cardinal OXYCON h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry Mijnhardt/Viasys/Cardinal OXYCON h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry Cosmed / IT K 4 b² / Quark b² Quark PFT h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry CORTEX / DE MetaMax, MetaLyzer h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry SensorMedics / US via ECG Trackmaster in km/h
Ergospirometry SensorMedics / US via ECG HELLIGE/Trackmaster
Ergospirometry ZAN / DE ZAN 600 h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry Ganshorn DE PowerCube h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry MES PL Start 2000 h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry MedGraphics CPX h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry Brainware h/p/cosmos coscom©
Ergospirometry Innovision Innocor as of version 5.01 h/p/cosmos coscom©

Read safety precautions and system requirements for the peripheral devices in the corresponding manual of the manufacturer.
Ergospirometry Physio-Dyne MAX 1 / MAX 2 Trackmaster in km/h
PC – ECG JAEGER Viasys/Cardinal MasterScreen h/p/cosmos coscom©

The protocol h/p/cosmos coscom© and the coscom.dll for the RS232 interface is available at www.coscom.org
PC – ECG custoMed / DE Custo card custo card
PC – ECG custoMed / DE custo card m h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC – ECG CardioControl WelchAlly Cardio Perfect h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC – ECG Norav Medical 1200B & 1200S h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC – ECG Cosmed / IT Cardiovis / PLUS h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC – ECG PBI Pulse Biomedical QRS Card h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC – ECG Marquette/HELLIGE / GE CardioSoft Trackmaster in km/h
PC – ECG Marquette/HELLIGE / GE CardioSoft Trackmaster in mph
PC – ECG Marquette/HELLIGE / GE CardioSys Trackmaster in km/h

E & OE. Subject to alterations without prior notice.


PC – ECG Marquette/HELLIGE / GE CardioSys Trackmaster in mph
PC – ECG OXFORD Instruments Medilog QRS Card h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC – ECG Delmar Reynolds CardioNavigator as of version 2.403 Trackmaster in km/h
PC – ECG Delmar Reynolds CardioNavigator as of version 2.403 Trackmaster in mph

see option 20 or 21
PC – ECG Dr. Vetter / DE PC ECG plus / ultra Trackmaster in km/h
PC – ECG Mesa Medizintechnik GmbH CARDIAX PC-EKG h/p/cosmos coscom©
ECG Marquette/HELLIGE / GE CardioSmart Trackmaster in km/h
ECG Marquette/HELLIGE / GE CardioSmart Trackmaster in mph
ECG ergoline / DE EK 3012 / DOS custo card
ECG SCHILLER CH AT 10 / AT 60 SCHILLER (Pacer)
ECG SCHILLER CH CS 100 / CS 200 Trackmaster in km/h
ECG Marquette / USA MAX 1 Marquette
ECG ESAOTE / IT Trackmaster in km/h
Cardiac Rehabilitation CORTEX / DE CMS h/p/cosmos coscom©
Cardiac Rehabilitation ergoline ERS-System h/p/cosmos coscom©
Cardiac Rehabilitation CogniMed Therapy monitor TM2 > version 4.32 h/p/cosmos coscom©
Cardiac Rehabilitation CogniMed TM cardio 1000 & 2000 h/p/cosmos coscom©
Cardiac Rehabilitation CogniMed TM sport 1000 & 2000 h/p/cosmos coscom©
EMG biovision h/p/cosmos coscom©
Blood pressure SunTech Medical Tango h/p/cosmos coscom©
robotic treadmill trainer Hocoma Lokomat/Lokocontrol as of Version4.31 h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software HUR / FI Treadmill-Trainer h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software h/p/cosmos h/p/cosmos para graphics DOS h/p/cosmos cosrec©
PC Software h/p/cosmos h/p/cosmos para graphics® h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software h/p/cosmos h/p/cosmos para control® h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software h/p/cosmos h/p/cosmos para analysis® 2.0 pro h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software h/p/cosmos h/p/cosmos para motion® h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software FitCentric NetAthlon h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software ergoline OPTICARE h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC Software FREI Chip-Ei h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC-Software MedTronic Lactware as of version 4.3 h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC-Software simi simi motion twin h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC-Software simi simi motion as of version 8.0 h/p/cosmos coscom©
PC-Software Proxomed Kardiowell-System (chip card) h/p/cosmos coscom©
Printer HP Hewlett-Packard PCL code Printer protocol
RS232 Test plug h/p/cosmos LED + switch h/p/cosmos Loop-Back

Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified according to the respective IEC standards, e.g. IEC 950 for data
processing equipment and IEC 601-1 for medical equipment. Furthermore all configurations shall comply with the valid version of the system standard IEC
601-1-1. Always use IEC 601-1 approved potential isolation components when linking medical devices via interface. It is not allowed to connect for instance
ECG-systems to sports running machines. Everybody who connects additional equipment to the signal input pert or signal output part configures a medical
system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of the valid version of the system standard IEC 601-1-1. (MDD: 13.6.c,
IEC 601-1: 6.8.2.c, 19.2.b, 19.2.c). More recent computers will have only an USB interface instead of the RS232 interface. For that case an „USB to RS232
interface-adapter-cable“ is available at h/p/cosmos under item no. cos12769. To control via USB interface you need a processor Pentium 1.8 GHz or higher.
file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 134 of 176 LN
accessories & options
[10.] Accessories and options

[10.A] Arm support for body weight support and safety

The h/p/cosmos arm supports with additional keyboard and


additional stop-button offers a wide range of applications. It
is possible for example for patients with over-weight or
people with orthopaedic problems or cardiovascular
diseases to exercise in gentle way. Therapies can start
earlier and the therapist is supported efficiently in his work.
The h/p/cosmos arm supports are available for the model
series h/p/cosmos mercury, h/p/cosmos quasar and
h/p/cosmos pulsar with long and standard handrails.

The arm supports are adjustable exactly to respective needs and physical demands. This is possible due to a patented
easily adjustable system. Three joints with scale on each side offer individual adjustments. The arm supports are
applicable especially in the field of rehabilitation and walking therapy, as well as for the safety of seniors and insecure
persons. The h/p/cosmos arm supports (patent no.: DE 199 16 508 A1) are available for the h/p/cosmos running
machines with running deck size 150/50, 170/65 and 190/65 cm but not for running machines with adjustbale handrails.

h/p/cosmos arm support [cos00098060044] for handrails with 10° angle


h/p/cosmos arm support [cos12013] for handrails with 0° angle (for example long handrails with 2 pillars)

[10.A1] Danger precaution and operation of the adjustable arm supports

N The maximum load is limited to persons not more than 140 kg body weight.
N Do not adjust the arm supports under strain (the upholstered arm support must not be weighted by a person)!
N Do only use the arm supports under supervision of a trained staff member. Only trained staff is allowed to
adjust the arm supports.
N Do only loosen the gear tooth locking elements to adjust the angle, if the you hold the arm-supports with one
hand at the handle or at the upholstered underarm support. Turn the respective lever with the hand, that holds
the handle, in the desired position.
N Before weighting make sure that after the adjustment the gear tooth locking elements are correctly engaged.
N While adjusting make sure that you do not pen in yourself or any other person at the danger spots (squeezing
and jamming spots).
N Take care that the underarm overlay at the left and right arm supports are approximately hoizontal and evely
adjusted.
N Do not use the arm supports at reverse belt rotation.
N For safety reasons the use of the arm supports is only admitted for walking and not for running.
N While running the arm supports have to be folded vertically downwards on the outside [1]. At any case the arm
supports must never loom into the area of the running surface [2].

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 135 of 176
accessories & options

[10.A2] Reproducibility of adjustments

To obtain reproducibility you have to determine the individually optimal adjustments (see scaling at the locking
elements) for each subject and note it down appropriatly (e.g. in a patient file). We have deliberately refrained from
giving you standard settings for particular heights, because the adjustment can widly differ according to the
posture and the individual situation of the testing person.

The torsional elements have a scaling at any joint, which is afferent when turned in direction to the running
surface. The adjustments of the height and width occurs gradually, because the interlocking of the joints works in
6-degree steps. In the illustration below, which you can copy, e.g. for patient files, you can fill in the scaling datas
for the individual adjustments of a patient.

[10.B] Additional keyboard and add. stop-button for arm support and remote control

To complement the arm supports and to increase the safety an additional keyboard has been developed. With this
keyboard it is possible to control the speed and elevation from a supported and safe position at the arm supports. The
additional stop-button for the case of an emergency is accessible at any time with the thumb.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 136 of 176
accessories & options

The additional keyboard can also be taken off from its mounting on the arm-support and can be fixed on the handrail or
next to the motor cover left or right with the help of additional mountings. With the long connection cable the therapist
has the possibility to take over the control of the running machine e.g. from a kneeling position during locomotion
therapy.

Artikelnummern
h/p/cosmos additional keyboard with 6 keys incl. 2m spiral cord cos10106
mount for additional keyboard on arm support cos10111
h/p/cosmos additional stop button (red button on top of handgrip) for arm support right cos10107
h/p/cosmos additional stop button (red button on top of handgrip) for arm support left cos10108
mount for additional stop button on handrail with clamp for circular tube 60mm Ø cos14135
mount for additional keyboard on motor cover left cos14327
mount for additional keyboard on motor cover right cos11750
extension spiral cord 2m for additional keyboard cos12922

[10.C] Handrails adjustable with gear tooth locking elements

The handrails adjustable in height and width, are only


available for the running machines with surface 150/50cm (e.g.
h/p/cosmos mercury med). The handrails offer best possible
safety at best attainable freedom of body motion.

The adjustable handrails are useful for insecure or elderly


people and especially for all therapies and exercise with
children.

The handrails are to be adjusted individually at the two joints


with scales at the back end. The two stabilising elements at
the front are responsible for the fixation of the adjusted
position.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 137 of 176
accessories & options
If using the adjustable handrails, the UserTerminal is placed at the crossbar in front of the testing person. Because of
the tremendous variability and broad adjustments the handrails are applicable for most body heights. Especially for
children they offer additional safety in therapy and exercise.

Adjustable handrails at the h/p/cosmos mercury med Adjustment with scales / back Stabilising elements / front

h/p/cosmos adjustable handrails [cos10030]

[10.C1] Danger precaution and operation

N The maximum load is limited to persons not more than 140 kg body weight.
N Do not adjuts the handrails under strain. The handrail must not be weighted by a person.
N Do only use the adjustable handrails under supervision of a trained staff member. Only trained staff is allowed
to adjust the handrails.
N Do only loosen the gear tooth locking elements to adjust the angle, if the you hold the handrail with one hand.
Turn the respective lever with the hand, that holds the handle, in the desired position.
N Before weighting make sure that after the adjustment the gear tooth locking elements at the rear end are
correctly engaged and that the two stabilization elements at the front (“clamping screws”) are tightened and
secured again.
N While adjusting make sure that you do not pen in yourself or any other person at the danger spots (squeezing
and jamming spots).
N Using the h/p/cosmos arm support with the adjustable handrails is not possible.

[10.C2] Reproducibility of adjustments

To obtain reproducibility you have to determine the individually optimal


adjustments (see scaling at the locking elements at the back) for each
subject and note it down appropriatly (e.g. in a patient file). We have
deliberately refrained from giving you standard settings for particular heights,
because the adjustment can widly differ according to the posture and the
individual situation of the testing person.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 138 of 176
accessories & options
The torsional elements have a scaling at any joint, which is afferent when turned in direction to the running
surface. The adjustments of the height and width occurs gradually, because the interlocking of the joints works in
6-degree steps.
In the illustration below, which you can copy, e.g. for patient files, you can fill in the 4 datas of the scaling for the
individual adjustments of a patient.

[10.D] Handrails adjustable. Parallel bars with gas struts and locking lever

The bar handrails adjustable in height and width are available for
the h/p/cosmos running machine of the “locomotion series”
exclusively. The individually adjustable handrails offer utmost
safety at best possible freedom of movement. Well suited for
therapy with insecure and elderly patients as well as for therapy
with children.

Picture: running machine h/p/cosmos 150/50 locomotion DE med


in locomotion application and in combination with Hocoma
unweighting (body weight support) system, seats for the therapist
and a wheelchair ramp.

[10.D1] Safety precautions and operation

N The max. load is limited to 140 kg body weight.


N The positioning of the adjustable bar handrails must not be executed under load or pressure on the handrail
N The adjustment and use of the adjustable bar handrails is reserved for trained and experienced personnel,
resp. should always be done under supervision.
N Pay attention to always look the locking levers before using the bar handrails
N At least once per year you have to check the function of the bar handrails by exposing the bar handrail to a
load of approx. 200 kg (e.g. 3 persons) with locked levers.
N While adjusting the handrails take care that neither you nor others get caught or trapped at the danger zones
(jamming or squeezing zones).

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 139 of 176
accessories & options
N If turing the UserTerminal to outside position, then at least 1 emergency-stop-button has to remain in reach of
the subject at any time.
N The use of the h/p/cosmos arm supports is not possible with the adjustable bar handrails.

[10.D2] Adjustment of the bar handrails

Point Illustration Action


[01] N Release the locking lever at the handrail by lifting up the lever

Locking lever
[02] N Adjust the bar handrail to the desired height by pressing the
push button.

Push button

[03] N Move the bars horizontally to adjust the requested width.

[04] N Lock the locking lever after positioning the bar handrails by
pushing the lever down.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 140 of 176
accessories & options

[05] N At the rear end of the parallel bars two telescope tubes are
mounted inside the tubes of the handrails. They can serve the
subject when mounting the running surface with a wheelchair
for example.
N After mounting the running surface the telecope handrails have
to be inserted back to the handrail tubes to avoid any obstacles
and risks of injury for the therapist walking and moiving around
the running machine.

[10.D3] Reproducibility of adjustments

[01] N To obtain reproducibility you have to determine the individually


optimal adjustments (see scaling at the gas pressure zylinders)
for each testing person and note it down appropriatly (e.g. in a
patient file). We have deliberately refrained from giving you
standard settings for particular heights, because the adjustment
can widly differ according to the posture and the individual
situation of the testing person.

[10.E] Therapist’s seat and foot support adjustable

The bilaterally positioned and ergonomically formed therapist’s seats in combination with the adjustable foot supports provide
the therapist with a back friendly seating possibility while executing a treadmill therapy at a patient. The adjustable therapist’s
seats and foot supports are fixed to the treadmill via a guide rail.

[10.E1] Safety precautions and operation

N The max. load is limited to 200 kg body weight.


N The adjustment and use of the adjustable foot support/ therapist’s seat is reserved for trained and experienced
personnel, resp. should always be done under supervision
N If the clamp handles are not locked sufficiently, there is danger of squeezing due to unintentional movement of
the therapist’s seat or the foot support. Open and overhanging clamp handles are a source of danger as well.
Therefore pay attention to always lock the fixation screws before using the seat and foot support.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 141 of 176
accessories & options
N Especially during adjusting the seat and foot support take care that neither you nor others get caught or
trapped at the danger zones (jamming or squeezing zones). Special attention is required at following danger
zones: push button at extreme tangential deviation of the handrail; moveable holder of the UserTerminal to the
motor hood and to the pillars of the handrails; joint heads of the handrails, moveable foot support and
therapist’s seat to the main frame and to the pillars of the handrails.

[10.E2] Operation and adjustment

Point Illustration Action


[01] N Release the fixation screw underneath the foot support to
adjust the optimal position.

[02] N Release the fixation screw underneath the seat to adjust the
optimal seat position.

[03] N Fix the adjusted seat and foot support position by tightening the
corresponding fixation screws

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 142 of 176
accessories & options
Total view running machine h/p/cosmos 150/50 locomotion DE med

[10.F] Special handrails

h/p/cosmos offers a number of optional handrails and custom made devices on request.

handrail-cross-bar adjustable handrail-cross-bar bended with clamp handrail on left side shorted,
fixation „speed-grip” at the left

handrail short handrail long rolled, 2 pillars handrail detachable / separable

Details and order numbers are available at the manufacturer h/p/cosmos or at your local authorized distributor.

N The crossbar always needs to be positioned in that way that at least 2/3 of the running surface
behind the crossbar is free for the user.
N It is not allowed to run with the back to the crossbar.
N The handrail-cross-bar should be dismounted if a safety-arch with chest-belt and harness is
installed and used.
N There must be a gap of at least 4cm between the crossbar and the UserTerminal due to danger of
bruising.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 143 of 176
accessories & options
[10.G] h/p/cosmos airwalk se 135 (available as of 10/2008)

The „h/p/cosmos airwalk se 135“ is a user friendly and novel dynamic unweighting system with central point suspension
for manual locomotion therapy. It improves the manual training due to constant un-weighting of the patient in the vertical
movement area.

N The dynamic unweighting system with low inertia allows precise unweighting of the patient and enables a natural
vertical movement for a more physiological motion.
N The stageless adjustable unweighting also allows children and lightweighted subjects an effective motion training.
N Easy operation: The subject can be lifted as well as lowered by a simple key stroke. This eases the training
preparation and supports the training itself.
N The unweighting can be levelled precisely to the needs of the patient and ensures an optimum training
environment.
N High patient comfort for more motivation.
N The high-class, breathable and very comfortable unweighting west has a physiological form and is easily
adjustable. This avoids dermal irritations and pressure marks to a large extent.
N The proper fitting of the unweighting west enhances the mobility of the patient and allows a more physiological
movement.
N Better ergonomic for better training results.
N The parameters of the running machine and the unweighting system can be changed during the training (speed,
elevation, unweighting).
N The training phases can be extended which results in a more effective therapy for the patient.
N The „h/p/cosmos airwalk se 135“ can be used for a very wide field of applications. Therapeutic applications like
functional motion therapy, rehabilitation or neurology as well as competitive sports (e.g. coordination training for
athlets, etc.).

h/p/cosmos airwalk se [cos16149]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 144 of 176
accessories & options
[10.H] Unweighting system h/p/cosmos airwalk

Please refer to the additionally provided manual for the unweighting system
for all hazard notes and instructions for use for the unweighting system
including the accessories. Change cable assemblies every 6 months. In
case of any sign of wear change cable assemblies even earlier than within 6
months.

The h/p/cosmos airwalk is a pneumatic unweighting system with dynamic


central-point suspension. With the help of the system locomotion therapy
can start at an early stage, all exercises can be done in an upright functional
position and a wider range of exercises is possible.

It is possible to use the h/p/cosmos airwalk with the running machine series with track size 150/50cm or 170/65cm or
190/65cm, and as well with most running machines produced by other manufacturers.

[10.H1] Vests for subjects for h/p/cosmos airwalk

The vests offer high compatibility at best attainable freedom of body motion. They
do not have undercutting straps during gait and have an optimum fitting due to the
individually adjustable strap system.

4 different vests provide adaptation to all body sizes and forms. A special vest for
children is also available. Additional straps for gait correction vest are included in
the shipment. The unweighting is adjustable by the testing person itself.

Models
The h/p/cosmos airwalk 35 can be regulated with a hand pump.

For the models h/p/cosmos airwalk 70 and h/p/cosmos airwalk 160 a compressed
air supply or a separate compressor is necessary.

h/p/cosmos airwalk 35 [cos10091] h/p/cosmos airwalk vest red, waist 55-88 cm [cos10095]
h/p/cosmos airwalk 70 [cos10092] h/p/cosmos airwalk vest blue, waist 81-112 cm [cos10096]
h/p/cosmos airwalk 160 [cos10093] h/p/cosmos airwalk vest yellow, waist 112-145 cm [cos10097]
Compressor [cos10094] h/p/cosmos airwalk vest children [cos10112]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 145 of 176
accessories & options
[10.I] Wheelchair ramp

When using the wheelchair access ramp pay particular attention to the gap
between ramp and running belt that hands, hair, clothing or other items do not get
caught. The ramp should not touch the running belt as this will lead to excessive
wear. Ensure that the ramp is stable and cannot slip. Be aware of danger of
slipping or tripping on ramp. Do not attempt to mount ramp from the side. Only
original h/p/cosmos wheelchair access ramps should be used.

wheelchair ramp 150/50 [cos16186]

[10.J] h/p/cosmos wheel chair stabilizer for oversize running machines

With the help of the h/p/cosmos wheel chair stabilizer it is easy


to keep wheel chairs with 4 or 3 wheels safely in lane. The
guide rail is fixed between the two pillars of the right-hand side
handrail. The metal spring, which has to be mounted on the
guide rail, prevents the wheel chair from rolling too far back.
The wheel chair stabilizer is available for the h/p/cosmos
running machine series with track size 200/75cm (and bigger)
with the mark “r”. The wheelchair application is only allowed in
combination with the safety harness (chest belt and fall-stop).
Take care that the brakes at the wheelchair are deactivated
(e.g. demount brake suspension).

Before using the running machine for any application without a wheelchair (running, cycling,
skating etc.), the wheelchair stabilizer has to be dismantled for safety reasons. No remaining
dangerous barrier, crossbar or other part of the wheelchair stabilizer must obstruct or injure the subject.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 146 of 176
accessories & options
[10.K] Safety arch with chest belt and harness

N Every time before using the safety arch with harness a visual examination of the system has
to done (examination for damages and wear). Especially the rope, the harness and all links
like the snap hook and the rope brake have to be checked.
N All wearing parts of the system (rope, harness and all links like the snap hook and the rope
brake) have to be changed immediately in case of any damages or wear. At least every two
years all wearing parts have to be changed.

Indispensable accessory for stress testing, accident


prevention and for the general safety of athletes: The
safety arch with chest belt and harness. Automatic stop of
the running belt in the moment a fall occurs. The chest
belt secures the subject and prevents falling over to the
front. The h/p/cosmos safety arch is available for all
h/p/cosmos running machines.

The chest belt is connected via harness with the


emergency stop at the crossbar of the safety arch. If
there is more than 8 kg / 17.6 lb traction pulling on the
harness, the switch will stop the running belt immediately.
The length of the harness is individually adjustable.

The chest belt straps do not pinch or restrict the athlete. The chestbelt has to be
put on with the h/p/cosmos logo at the front. The vertical belt (1), to attach the
carabiner, has to be put on below the shoulder
belts (2), facing the body, to unload the seem at
the joint (3). If the chestbelt is put on back to front
or inside out or twisted, a shearing strain can occur
at the joints and then lead to a loosening of the
joints.

Despite the fast stop of the running belt skin-abrasion at the legs might occur due
to the running out of the belt, because a fallen test person still touches running out
running belt for a few seconds.

Nevertheless the risk of injuries is minimized drastically compared to a fall at systems without the arch and compared
with falls outdoors. The maximum body weight is 140 kg / 309 lbs.

The ceiling height should be at least 2.46m / 97.6 inches (0 % elevation) rsp. 2.57 / 101.6 inches (24 %) if used with
h/p/cosmos mercury and 2.51 / 96.5 inches (0 %) rsp. 2.68 m / 105.5 inches (max. elevation) if used with running
machines h/p/cosmos quasar or h/p/cosmos pulsar.

h/p/cosmos safety arch with chest belt and harness [cos10079]


(indicate model of running machine)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 147 of 176
accessories & options
[10.L] Running belt rotation reversible for downhill walk

N As the subject is running against the usual running belt rotation and therefore has no control
of the UserTerminal it is necessary to have a supervisor who controls the running machine
during the training. For safety reasons the max. speed has been limited with the models
possessing a cross-bar handrail or a motor case cover. Use a safety arch with harness for
additional safety.
N Turn the key-operated switch for the reverse belt rotation only when the running belt is not
moving.

The function running belt rotation reverse (optional) permits a simulation of a downhill run. To prevent any abuse, the
function can only be activated by a key-operated switch (on the external UserTerminal of the oversize running machine
by rotary switch).
N If the key-operated switch is being activated at stand still, the running belt rotation reverse will be in function at the
next start.
N If the key-operated switch is being activated while the Running-Machine is in operation, the Running-Machine stops
and the running belt rotation reverse will be in function at the next start.

The running belt rotation reverse will be announced by an acoustic signal and the display = "r." Speed will be
indicated as a negative value while in operation = „-0.0 ... -5.0“.

[10.L1] Ripcord with magnet switch

The emergency-stop with magnetic switch is


a safety feature that is used especially with
reverse belt rotation (downhill). The athlete
or patient is connected to the magnetic
switch at the UserTerminal via a ripcord at
the waist belt.

In case of an emergency the magnet gets


ripped of from the UserTerminal and the
running machine stops immediately. The
ripcord is not a prevention of falling. At
removed magnet „PULL STOP“ will occur in
the display.

Ripcord with magnet switch [cos00098050043]

[10.L2] Change from forward to reverse rotation

N Turn the key-operated switch and start the machine without a subject on the running belt only when the belt is
not moving.
N Observe the belt position for 2 minutes and correct the belt position with the belt adjustment screw (see
chapter maintenance and belt adjustment). It is normal, that after changing the belt rotation, the belt will move
to one side and therefore the running belt needs to be readjusted to the center of the running track.
N Once the belt is readjusted, STOP the belt and operate the machine with the subject on the belt.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 148 of 176
accessories & options
[10.L3] Change from reverse to forward rotation

N Turn the key-operated switch and start the machine without a subject on the running belt only when the belt is
not moving.
N Observe the belt position for 2 minutes and correct the belt position with the belt adjustment screw (see
chapter maintenance and belt adjustment). It is normal, that after changing the belt rotation, the belt will move
to one side and therefore the running belt needs to be readjusted.
N Once the belt is readjusted, STOP the belt and operate the machine with the subject on the belt.

In most cases the readjustment of the running belt requires the same revolutions of the belt adjustment screw.
Therefore we recommend to note the required revolutions of the belt adjustment screw. This will help to avoid the
waiting time and can reduce the belt adjustment procedure to some seconds effort.

[10.M] Bottle holder

The bottle holder is available for all h/p/cosmos running machines and
can be easily fixed with a clamp on the handrail. The position of the
bottle holder must not be at the rear end of the handrail due to this end
must be reachable for the subject.

bottle holder for handrail 60mm [cos11020]

[10.N] Retrofitting UserTerminal

All lt-models can be retro-fitted with a UserTerminal. h/p/cosmos


oversized running machines, which are equipped with an external control
unit, can be complemented optionally with an additional UserTerminal at
the handrail.

In this case the external UserTerminal is connected via interface to the


running machine. To connect other devices, e.g. PC or ECG, an
additional interface at the running machine is necessary.

Retrofitting UserTerminal [cos00098110047]


Mounting for retro-fitting UserTerminal at handrail [cos13514]

[10.O] Monitor / laptop arm

A movable monitor and laptop arm for the external control unit
of the oversize running machines h/p/cosmos saturn and
h/p/cosmos venus is optionally available. Using this arm, the
monitor also can be turned in the field of vision of the athlete or
patient.

Monitor arm (movable) for PC monitor or Laptop


[cos13321]
Laptop computer [cos13476]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 149 of 176
accessories & options
[10.P] Safety multiple socket

The stable safety multiple socket [cos100157] can be used for


the safe connection of a medical h/p/cosmos treadmill with
peripheral devices such as PCs, printer or monitors.
It meets all requirements for multiple sockets for creating
connections of a medical electrical system within the patients
environment.
safety multiple socket [cos100157]
As claimed in the norm EN60601-1 for medical electrical devices, the multiple socked is accessible only with the help of
a tool. With this method an unintentionally made connection of further devices to the system is avoided, which lowers
the risk of an exceedance of the maximum allowed patient-leakage-current of 0.5mA at the complete system.

N Due to the very high load of treadmills it is never allowed to connect more than 1 treadmill or
other consumers with high load do the safety multiple socket. Use a dedicated line only.
N The power consumption of the consumers which are connected in addition to the treadmill-
ergometer to the safety multiple socket must be in total lower than 300W.
N When connecting treadmills to the safety multiple socket, there are no performance-limitations to
expect at low-performance applications (walking, slow running). For high-performance
applications (fast running, sprints, etc.) the use of the safety multiple socket can result in
performance limitations.
N For high performance applications a 3-phase powered treadmill is recommended.

[10.Q] Digital (serial) RS232 interface / USB converter

Connecting a running machine to a medical device results in a medical system. Always use IEC
601-1 approved potential isolation components when linking medical devices via interface. Only
authorised trained staff is entitled to perform this connection. This medical system, when
connecting a running machine to a medical device, has to be connected via a potential-balance-
cable with the provided connector bolt and with the provided bearing within the medically used
room.

The interface serves as a data transmitter from the running machine to a PC or other controlling devices. You can also
control the Running-Machine from another controlling device (ECG. o.a.) or with the appropriate Software from a PC, via
interface. Standard for all devices is ONE serial interface COM 1. Optionally there are further serial interfaces COM 2,
COM3 and COM4 available. For further information please contact your local dealer or h/p/cosmos. The interface
protocol h/p/cosmos coscom© is available on request or can be found at www.coscom.org. The incorporated protocols
(e.g. for ECG-devices) are listed in the list of options under OPTION 20 / OPTION 21. See the compatibility list of the
RS232 interface in the chapter „Technical data“. More recent computers will have only an USB interface instead of the
RS232 interface. For that case an „USB to RS232 interface-adapter-cable“ is available at h/p/cosmos under order
number cos12769. To control via USB interface the processor must be a Pentium 1.8 GHz or higher.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 150 of 176
accessories & options
[10.Q1] Interface cable RS232 for connection to PC

To be used for h/p/cosmos para graphics®, h/p/cosmos para control®, PC, ECGs, Ergospirometrie devices. For
connecting your PC to the running machine you need an interface cable (optional equipment) 9-pole Sub- D (male
- female) with crossed transmission- receive- cable (PIN 2 and PIN 3).

1 1
6
2 RxD 2
6
7 TxD 7
3 3
8 8
4 4
9
5 GND 5
9

PC COM1 oder COM2 Laufband / treadmill


CONNECTOR DB9 CONNECTOR DB9
Buchse / female Stecker / male

[cos00097010034] for 5 m / [cos00097010035] for 10 m

[10.Q2] Interface cable RS232 for connection to ECG Schiller

Connection cable between running machine and ECG Schiller AT 10 / AT 60 or CS 100 / CS 200

1 1
6
2 RxD 2
6
7 TxD 7
3 3
8 8
4 4
9 GND 9
5 5

EKG / ECG Schiller Laufband / treadmill


CONNECTOR DB9 CONNECTOR DB9
Stecker / male Stecker / male

[cos00097010036] for 5 m
[10.Q3] Interface cable RS232 for connection to Ergospirometrie JAEGER / VIASYS / Cardinal Health OXYCON

OXYCON Alpha / Delta / Champion / Pro: Connect the running machine interface with an available serial interface
(COM1 ... COM4) at the PC of the OXYCON. Do not use the female connector at the OXYCON with the letters
"treadmill / running machine". Important: From January 2000 use h/p/cosmos coscom© RS232 interface protocol

1 1
6
2 RxD 2
6
7 TxD 7
3 3
8 8
4 4
9
5 GND 5
9

OXYCON Laufband / treadmill


CONNECTOR DB9 CONNECTOR DB9
Buchse / female Stecker / male

[cos00097010034] for 5 m / [cos00097010035] for 10 m

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 151 of 176
accessories & options
[10.R] Printer protocol

Connect the printer (with PCL printer language and with a serial interface) via interface cable with the serial interface
RS232 of the running machine. Attention: For a printer with a parallel interface you will need a commercial interface-
converter, available in every computer-store, at your local dealer or from the manufacturer (h/p/cosmos order no.
[cos10056]). If Option 20: 3 is chosen (printer protocol see list of options), following data will be printed out:

Interface converter for printer [cos10056]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 152 of 176
accessories & options
[10.S] POLAR Heart rate measurement system

Pay attention to the safety instructions in the instruction manual. Stop training immediately if
feeling sick or dizzy and see your doctor. In the case of interference do not rely on the indicated
values of the wireless heart rate transmission. Precision of heart rate measuring: + / - 1 %, resp.
+ / - 1 beat per minute. Pay attention to the advices about safety and warnings and possible
interferences in the chapter errors, technical data, EMC, and installation of this manual.

[10.S1] Note from POLAR for patients with pacemaker

The expert´s report from the Pacemaker-Institute in Rothenberg / Germany stated, that a negative influence or
danger for patients with implanted pacemakers is impossible. (Pacemaker-Institute, Rothenberg Süd 18, 82431
Kochel am See / Germany). Nevertheless we recommend all patients with pacemakers to consult their doctor
before using the POLAR heart rate measurement system.

[10.S2] Chest belt and transmitter

You can use all POLAR transmitters (coded and un-coded) with your running machine. For running machines of
generation 4.0 with firmware-version lower than V 3.01.1 an EPROM update is available for the use of coded
transmitters. Note: Even with using the coded senders the transmission of the heart rate to the treadmill is still un-
coded.

The transmitter is only activated if placed correctly on the body. The chest belt is washable. In this case loosen the
belt from the transmitter. Please take care not to crush the two electrodes of the belt. After having loosened the
transmitter off the belt, wash the belt and especially the electrodes with warm water and mild soap. Do not clean
the electrodes mechanically. Do not use alcohol.

[10.S3] Radius of transmission

The transmitter radius amounts to approx. 80 to max. 120 cm. If you run several Running-Machines or other
training devices on the same heart rate measurement system, you should keep a gap of at least 100 cm between
the devices to exclude interference.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 153 of 176
accessories & options
[10.S4] Battery of the transmitter

At an average application of 2 hours per day the life-span of the battery amounts to approx. 1 year. The receiver is
incorporated in the Running-Machine and requires no battery. It is supplied by the running machine.

If an irregular pulse display occurs in spite of an unobjectionable technical condition, please


check your pulse manually or in case of doubts see your doctor for a check.

[10.S5] Correct placement of transmitter belt

Adjust the belt length so that the belt fits


tightly but does not confine you. The belt
should not loosen while exercising. Close
the belt with transmitter placed outwards
(POLAR-Logo in right position).

In order to allow an optimal skin contact the


skin should be moist. Contact gel, as used
for ECG, is an excellent solution. Moisten
the two electrodes and the skin with water
or contact gel, which is available in chemistries.

Place the transmitter so that it is right below the pectoral muscle (chest), as is shown in the illustration above. For
ca. 85 – 88 % of the subjects the "normal" placement of the transmitter belt is recommended.

[10.S6] Transmission problems

N For ca. 10 – 15 % of the subjects the placement "POLAR-logo upside down" is recommended.
N For ca. 1 – 2 % of the subjects the placement "transmitter at the back of the subject" is recommended.
However, try the "normal" position always first.

[10.T] PC Software h/p/cosmos para control 4.0®

The free PC software h/p/cosmos para control 4.0® is the result of a very large enhancement and function expansion of
the already well-known version 3.0. In addition to the pure remote control function of h/p/cosmos treadmill-ergometers
over the pc the software has integrated now a lot of additional functions such as an option setting configuration tool with
integrated storage function, firmware update over flash eprom, quick-stop-key, cool-down-key, pause-key, target speed
settings, target elevation settings, stop-count-down, display reset, etc.

Most of the additional functions of h/p/cosmos para control 4.0® require an interface connection over the sophisticated
coscom v3 protocol, which is integrated in all h/p/cosmos treadmill-ergometers with MCU5 control electronic (as of
manufacturing date 12/2007). Treadmills which are equipped with MCU4 control electronic (until manufacturing date
12/2007) have integrated the forerunner protocol coscom v2 but they can be refitted with coscom v3 by a simple
firmware-update.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 154 of 176
accessories & options
h/p/cosmos para control 4.0® can be found on the h/p/cosmos demo & info DVD [cos10067] which is delivered
together with every h/p/cosmos treadmill-ergometer. Alternatively the software can be downloaded at
www.h-p-cosmos.com/en/software. At aforementioned link also a manual can be found in which all functions of the new
para control 4.0 are described in detail.

For warnings, system requirements and application regulations of the software please read the separate software
manual.

For the data transmission a connection cable from the running machine to the personal computer is required. This
connection cable is available as optional equipment (see also optional equipment serial interface).

Interface connection cable RS 232 5m [cos00097010034]


Interface connection cable RS 232 10m [cos00097010035]
USB to RS232 interface adapter-cable [cos12769-01]

Applications
N Remote control of all running machine functions during tests or exercise via interface from the PC.
N Demonstrations for big groups (students, audience, etc.) with the help of a big screen or beamer.
N Control of multiple h/p/cosmos treadmill-ergometers over 1 PC.
N Firmware-update over Flash-Eprom.
N Service & maintenance work, setup, programming and display of error codes (obligatory for running-machines
without hardware UserTerminal).
N Testing the RS232 interface of the PC, testing the RS232 interface cable in case of communication problems
between ECG or Ergospirometry.

h/p/cosmos para control 4.0® [cos10071 -V4.0.0]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 155 of 176
accessories & options
[10.U] PC Software h/p/cosmos para graphics®

Especially in performance diagnostics the software h/p/cosmos para graphics® supports the user with processes
automation. Therefore the user is able to fully concentrate on the test person. But also in sports science applications or
jus to control devices and for documentation of exercise programs, the software is perfectly suitable. h/p/cosmos para
graphics® permits an on-line registration and administration of Heart-Rate-values and endurance-parameters. The
treadmill can be controlled automatically.

The data can be converted by the software and be taken over and evaluated e.g. by EXCEL, or h/p/cosmos para
analysis software. A take over and processing of the data within a spreadsheet (EXCEL, etc.) or an editor is also
possible with the help of the h/p/cosmos para graphics®.

Further information is available in the separate instruction manual of the software h/p/cosmos para graphics®. Also a
demo version is available for further tests.

For the data transmission a connection cable from the running machine to the personal computer is needed. This
connection cable is available as optional equipment (see also optional equipment serial interface).

For danger precautions, regulations for application and system requirements of the software read the separate software
manual.

h/p/cosmos para graphics® [cos10156]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 156 of 176
accessories & options
[10.V] PC Software h/p/cosmos para analysis®

The software h/p/cosmos para analysis® is a sports medical evaluation program for performance diagnostics. The
evaluation of heart rate and lactate curves after graded test is possible on the basis of individual selected threshold
models in graphics and tables. It is possible to enter the test data in h/h/p/cosmos para analysis® usually or by importing
it from h/p/cosmos para graphics® clear design of the program makes the evaluation easy. The comprehensive printout
simplifies the interpretation and is the basis for best possible coaching.

The software enables to adapt the integrated test methods and to generate individual ones. Test devices - even field
test as well as time and performance parameters are free definable. It is possible to enter the test data manually or by
importing it from h/p/cosmos para graphics®. The entry and evaluation of desired parameters, e.g. lactat or heart rate as
well as blood pressure or the Borg scale can be defined or added. Data of the software PA7000 and of the devices of
the POLAR S Series can be imported as well.

The models for the evaluation of the individual anaerobic threshold - also several simultaneously for the comparison
option - are free definable. Besides the different models to evaluate the individual anaerobic threshold at the lactate
performance diagnostics it is possible to create fixed thresholds. It is possible to make an evaluation according to
Conconi. The evaluation occurs graphical and tabulated. The scaling of the diagram can be adjusted individually. The
clear graphics of training categories and intensities are the basis for successful training plans. For danger precautions,
regulations for application and system requirements of the software read the separate software manual.

h/p/cosmos para analysis® [cos10155]

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 157 of 176
accessories & options
[10.W] PC Software h/p/cosmos para motion

The h/p/cosmos para motion is a software for recording and evaluation of video analysis with individual report for
printout, incl. control functions of h/p/cosmos running machines.

Basic functions and features

N Digital, software-based video recordings with treadmill control for all h/p/cosmos treadmills parallel to recording
with feedback.
N Creation of individual analysis patterns for different applications.
N Intelligent video management system in flexible data base - the video clips are saved in the data base in
accordance with the chosen analysis pattern, separate saving of data can be omitted.
N Medical history tool with information database: accumulation with the most common gait and motion specific
disorders with transfer possibility to the individual report.
N Integrated player for the analysis of several video clips.
N Video overlay of up to 8 videos.
N Full screen mode.
N Various 2D analysis tools such as gridlock and grid.
N Flexible 2D painting tools such as rectangles, tracking lines, arrows or text fields.
N Tools and measurement tools for the fast detection of angles and distances.
N Definition of gait specific situations (e.g. first peak, standing phase) for faster synchronisation and easier analysis.
N Report function for creation of individual reports.

For control and data communication an interface connection cable from the running machine to the personal computer
is required. The interface cable and USB-RS232 Converter and second port COM2 are available as optional accessory.

Item numbers
h/p/cosmos para motion "basic" cos15508
h/p/cosmos para motion "standard" cos15509
h/p/cosmos para motion "professional" cos15510
RS232 interface connection cable 5 m cos00097010034
USB to RS232 interface adapter-cable, 0,5 m cos12769-01

Detailed specifications and operation instructions can be found in the separate software operation manual and on the
website www.h-p-cosmos.com/en/software/para_motion.htm

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 158 of 176
certificates
[11.] Certificates

[11.A] Certificate of the TSA (TÜV) according to ISO 9001-2000

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 159 of 176
certificates
[11.B] Certificate of the TSA (TÜV) according to EN ISO 13485-2003

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 160 of 176
certificates
[11.C] EC Certificate of the TSA (TÜV)

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 161 of 176
certificates
[11.D] Certificate of compliance for sports and fitness devices

c
Certificate of Compliance
for sports & fitness devices
Manufacturer
h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh
Am Sportplatz 8
DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein / Germany
phone +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 0
fax +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 49
email@h-p-cosmos.com www.h-p-cosmos.com

Product running machine (treadmill ergometer)

Classification according to DIN EN 957-1:2005-11: S A

Models Treadmill SCHILLER MTM-1500

We herewith declare that the above mentioned types meet the following standards:
European Council Directive 89/336/EEC electromagnetic compatibility. The appendix I of the Directive
89/336/EEC is applicable. The c -mark gets affixed to the products.

The following listed and fulfilled Norms are elements of our production:

DIN EN 60204-1:1997-11, DIN EN 60335-1:2002, DIN EN 61000-4-2:2001-12,


DIN EN 61000-4-3:2003-11, DIN EN 61000-4-4:2002-7, DIN EN 61000-4-5:2001-12,
DIN EN 61000-4-6:2001-12, DIN EN 61000-4-8:2001-12, DIN EN 61000-4-11:1994,
DIN EN 957-1:2005-11, DIN EN 957-6:2001-11, DIN EN ISO 9001:2000,
DIN EN ISO 14971:2000

This certificate of compliance covers all running machine models which are listed above and which are
produced by h/p/cosmos on and from November 24, 2006. The validity of this certificate of compliance expires
on the release date of a certificate of compliance with a later issue date, which may be necessary due to
technical modifications or due to changes of standards, guidelines and directives.

83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein, November 24, 2006

h p
Franz Harrer Wolfgang Petry
President Safety Representative

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 162 of 176
certificates
[11.E] Certificate of compliance medical devices

n
Certificate of Compliance
for devices for medical and rehabilitation purposes
Manufacturer
h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh
Am Sportplatz 8
DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein / Germany
phone +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 0
fax +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 49
email@h-p-cosmos.com www.h-p-cosmos.com

Product running machine (treadmill ergometer) Classification according to European Council


Directive 93/42 EEC: Class II b
UMDNS Code: 14-141 Classification according to DIN EN 957-1:2005-11: SA

Models Treadmill SCHILLER MTM-1500 med

We herewith declare that the above mentioned types meet the following standards:
European Council Directive 93/42 EEC (MDD medical device directive). The appendix I + II of the
Directive 93/42 EEC is being applicable. The n - mark gets affixed to the products.

The following listed and fulfilled Norms are elements of our production:
DIN VDE 0751-1:2001-10, DIN EN 60601-1:1990 + A1:1993 + A2:1995, DIN EN 60601-1-1:2001,
DIN EN 60601-1-2:2001 + A1:2006, DIN EN 60601-1-4:1996 + A1:1999, DIN EN 60601-1-6:2004,
DIN EN 957-1:2005-11, DIN EN 957-6:2001-11, DIN EN ISO 14971:2000,
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000, DIN EN ISO 13485:2003

This certificate of compliance covers all running machine models which are listed above and which are
produced by h/p/cosmos on and from November 24, 2006. The validity of this certificate of compliance expires
on the release date of a certificate of compliance with a later issue date, which may be necessary due to
technical modifications or due to changes of standards, guidelines and directives.

83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein, November 24, 2006

h p
Franz Harrer Wolfgang Petry
President Safety Representative for Medical Devices

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 163 of 176
disposal
[12.] Disposal

By request and at the expense of the client h/p/cosmos might take over the disposal of old devices and devices not longer
functioning. Please contact service@h-p-cosmos.com for a detailed offer. Note the information for possible disposal of the
running machine parts or components through the client or a subcontractor.

The h/p/cosmos devices are marked with following sign / symbol on the name plate:
Symbol for collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE)
as set out in Directive 2002/96/EC of January 27, 2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council on
waste electrical and electronic equipment are necessary to reduce the waste management problems linked to
the heavy metals concerned and the flame retardants concerned.

h/p/cosmos EAR WEEE-Reg.-No. DE 42594388

[12.A] Disassemble and cut up

Use personal protective equipment, when cutting up material of any kind with the appropriate tools (eye-protection, dust-
mask, etc.). Contact service@h-p-cosmos to receive the safety-data-sheet according to European Commission Directive
91/155/EEC for a material.

[12.B] h/p/cosmos running machine

h/p/cosmos running machines consist among other things of powder coated and galvanized metals from different
producers and qualities, stainless steel parts, aluminium parts, plastics, rubber, electronics with cables, boards and
condensers as well as batteries. These materials can be recycled by handing them to the official municipal valuable
substance collection or to authorized disposal partners of valuable substance disposal. Pay attention to the regulations
of the disposal company. The material of the running surface (sliding plate) has the disposal key number 57109 and
may be recycled as well.

[12.C] h/p/cosmos service oil / grease

Service-oils for the belt lubrication have the disposal key numbers 130202 and 130203 and have been assigned to
class I, which means, that they can be recycled according to the local provisions. Both products have not to be marked
for identification according to the EU guidelines / ordinance on Hazardous Substances. For oversize running machines
with running deck size 200/75cm and bigger a bit of copper paste grease is used for the elevation system.

[12.D] h/p/cosmos running belt

If necessary please request the materials of the different running belts directly at service@h-p-cosmos.com, because
depending on the application they have a different consistence. Correct information about the consistence you will get
according to your request under naming the serial number of the running machine.

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 164 of 176
contact
[13.] Contact

For additional orders and technical enquiries please have the model type, the serial
number and the date of installation of your running machine ready. In case of any
further questions about delivery dates, service or maintenance, orders for
consumables etc., please contact the corresponding phone, fax or email for
qualified help.

[13.A] Sales and Service

phone +41 / 41 / 7 66 42 42
fax +41 / 41 / 7 61 08 80
email sales@schiller.ch

SCHILLER AG
Altgasse 68
CH 6341 Baar
Switzerland

[13.B] Headquaters of manufacturer

h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh


Am Sportplatz 8
DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein
Germany
phone +49 / 18 05 / 16 76 67
fax +49 / 18 05 / 16 76 69
email@h-p-cosmos.com
www.h-p-cosmos.com

Building 1 (top picture)


h/p/cosmos development & production
Am Sportplatz 8
DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein

Building 2 (picture below)


h/p/cosmos sales & service
Feldschneiderweg 5
DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 165 of 176
appendix
[14.] Appendix – Instruction and commissioning

Once the installation of the running machine has been completed, the h/p/cosmos employee / h/p/cosmos partner starts with
the instruction and commissioning of the device. It is important to include all people in the instruction and commissioning,
who are going to work with the running machine. After the instruction is completed the instruction protocol is to be signed by
the h/p/cosmos technician and all trained persons and sent back, together with the signed delivery note and the registration
form, to h/p/cosmos.

[14.A] Instruction into general operation

[01] Hand over instruction manual.

Inform about instruction and service manual (always keep one within
reach of all users).

accomplished ‰

[02] Refer to general warnings and safety precautions


according to the instruction manual. Place the print-out of
the safety precautions (DIN A4 form in the delivery folder)
close to the treadmill. Children are not allowed near or on the
treadmill. For higher-risk applications a safety arch with chest
belt and fall-stop-prevention has to be used.
accomplished ‰

[03] Especially point out the necessary safety-zone of min. L: 200 cm x


W: 100 cm (or wider if running deck is wider) in case of fall.

accomplished ‰

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 166 of 176
appendix
[14.B] Instruction into functions

[01] How to switch the running machine ON and OFF properly.


1 - 2 minutes warming-up (delay) time for medical machines.

Different ON/OFF button and/or expulsion fuse for sports and medical
devices as well as ON/OFF button at the UserTerminal.

accomplished ‰

[02] Explain safety features that the actual model is equipped with for
example: emergency-stop, quick-stop, rehab-stop, safety-harness, etc.
Do not use the Emergency-Stop for common switching OFF of the
device.

1 - 2 minutes warming-up time (delay before next power on) for


medical machines. accomplished ‰

[03] Explain the display-panels. What does which display stand for?

accomplished ‰

[04] Explain manual operation of running machine.

Information about, limit of max. speed for beginners, possibility of


locking of each single mode or all modes on request, and the
possibility or the necessity to lock the device against unauthorised
users.
accomplished ‰

[05] Operation of running machine via program mode.

Refer to the list of programs in the instruction manual.

accomplished ‰

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 167 of 176
appendix
[06] Operation of running machine via cardio-mode (heart rate controlled
load).

accomplished ‰

[07] Inform about correct heart rate measurement and limitations: correct
adjustment of chest belt, how to handle problems and disorders,
possible causes for interferences and failures (PCs, quartz watches,
monitors, cables, etc.).

accomplished ‰

[08] Explanation of test-mode and the integrated test-programs, inform


about interface and compatibility list. In medical field potential isolation
for any interface linkage is obligatory! Inform about the h/p/cosmos
software programs h/p/cosmos para control, h/p/cosmos para
graphics, h/p/cosmos para analysis and h/p/cosmos para motion for
documentation and evaluation of data. Note on license disk or license
code or dongle.

accomplished ‰

[09] If device includes reverse-belt rotation: adjustment of running belt.

Customer must try to adjust at least once. Note down necessary


settings and adjustments.

rotations:‰ ¼ ‰½ ‰¾ ‰1 ‰_______

direction: ‰ clockwise ‰ anticlockwise accomplished ‰

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 168 of 176
appendix
[14.C] Instruction into maintenance works

[01] Hand over and explain service-box. The manufacture recommends a


service contract through an authorised h/p/cosmos service technician.
Lack of maintenance, poor maintenance or unauthorised
servicing/repairs together with improper or lack of safety checks can
lead to a risk of injury to users or damage to the running machine, this
could also lead to loss of manufactures warranty and /or third party
liability. accomplished ‰

[02] Correct adjustment of leveling sockets.

Check weight load on the leveling sockets by trying to lift up the


treadmill frame.

accomplished ‰

[03] Proper adjustment of running belt with regulation screw and Allen-key.
For each change of running belt direction there are two adjustment
steps:
a) Turn key at the back of the UserTerminal
b) Adjust regulation screw according to previously defined value
c) The allen-key must be pulled out of the screw immediately after
usage due to risk of injury!
accomplished ‰

[04] Lubrication of running belt when "OIL"-message (quantity, intervals


according to instruction manual, spread the oil by "Duck-walking").
Use only original h/p/cosmos lubricant authorized for this model of
running machine. Observe demand for additional lubrication based on
manual.
After running belt lubrication the position of the running belt must be
checked once more and be adjusted if necessary. accomplished ‰

[05] Delete „oil“-message with Option 01.

accomplished ‰

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 169 of 176
appendix
[06] Inform about cleaning of running-machine, area of the motor and
especially the light-barriers and ventilation grid.

Before opening the motor hood always pull the plug from the mains.

Maintenance on medical products and electrical devices may only be


performed by authorised and trained personnel.

accomplished ‰

[07] Inform about periodically recurring maintenance intervals and


obligatory safety controls and the risks and dangers in case of
disregarding these points.

Offer and recommend maintenance contract through authorized and


trained personnel.
accomplished ‰

[14.D] Advice and support documents

[01] Hand over and explain delivery papers (folder).


Fill out registration form and send it to h/p/cosmos sales.
Let the customer sign the delivery note and instruction protocol and
send it back to h/p/cosmos sales immediately.
Ask for brochure of customer and send it to the sales department at
h/p/cosmos.
accomplished ‰

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 170 of 176
appendix
[14.E] Confirmation of commissioning and introduction / instruction

By signing this protocol the authorised h/p/cosmos technician and the h/p/cosmos customer confirm the receipt and understanding of all
warnings, safety precaution information, the performed instruction and commissioning according to form cos15228-01. The customer and
user confirm the receipt of the listed devices including all accessories and options according to the h/p/cosmos delivery note. Disregard of
warnings, disregard of intended and forbidden use, safety precautions and also unauthorized or lack of maintenance and/or regular safety
checks may lead to injuries or even death and/or can damage the device and will result in loss of any liability and warranty. Please fill out
the instruction protocol and send back to h/p/cosmos via Fax to +49 / 86 69 / 86 42 49, via email to sales@h-p-cosmos.com or via post

h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh Am Sportplatz 8 DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein / Germany

h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh customer’s (end-user’s) stamp / customer address:
Am Sportplatz 8
DE 83365 Nussdorf-Traunstein
Germany

h/p/cosmos device, model name device serial number

name in clear block letters h/p/cosmos dealer / technician date and signature
instructor

name in clear block letters position / function / department date and user’s signature
instructed persons / customer / user / operator

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 171 of 176
appendix
[14.F] Service report – cos15531

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 172 of 176
appendix

[14.G] Control protocol – cos15533

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 173 of 176
appendix

[14.H] Wiring diagram load circuit quasar med 5.0 / pulsar 5.0

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 174 of 176
appendix
[14.I] Wiring diagram control circuit quasar med 5.0 / pulsar 5.0 – page 1

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 175 of 176
appendix
[14.J] Wiring diagram control circuit quasar med 5.0 / pulsar 5.0 – page 2

file: n:\article\cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en\20080930_cos14310m5-v1.04sch-en_manual_schiller_running_machine.doc
© 2009 h/p/cosmos sports & medical gmbh email@h-p-cosmos.com created 30.09.2008 printed 20.07.2009 page: 176 of 176

You might also like